TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P

TECHNICAL MANUAL

OPERATOR, ORGANIZATIONAL,
AND
DS/GS MAINTENANCE MANUAL

(INCLUDING REPAIR PARTS)

FOR

TEKTRONIX
1502 TIME DOMAIN
REFLECTOMETER

(PATRIOT AIR DEFENSE GUIDED MISSILE SYSTEM)

HEADQUARTERS, DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY

AUGUST 1986
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P

WARNING

DANGEROUS VOLTAGE

is used to operate this equipment

DEATH ON CONTACT

may result if safety precautions are not observed.

Never work on electronic equipment unless there is someone nearby who is familiar with the operation and
hazards of the equipment and is able to give first aid. When the technician is aided by operators, he must warn
them about dangerous areas.

When possible, shut off power to equipment before beginning work on equipment. Ground every capacitor
likely to hold a dangerous potential. When working inside equipment, after the power has been turned off,
always ground every part before touching it.

Be careful not to contact high-voltage connections when installing or operating this equipment.

When possible, keep one hand away from equipment to reduce the hazard of current flowing through the vital
organs of the body.

Read FM 21-11, First Aid for Soldiers, and learn how to administer artificial respiration.

WARNING

Do not be misled by the term "low voltage."

Under adverse conditions, potentials as low
as 50 volts may cause death.

a/(b blank)
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P

This material is reproduced through the courtesy of Tektronix Corporation.

Distribution is limited to use with the PATRIOT missile system.

TECHNICAL MANUAL ) HEADQUARTERS

) DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY
No. 9-1430-601-14-3&P ) Washington, D.C., 26 August 1986

Operator, Organizational, and DS/GS Maintenance Manual

(INCLUDING REPAIR PARTS)

FOR

TEKTRONIX 1502 TIME DOMAIN REFLECTOMETER

(PATRIOT AIR DEFENSE GUIDED MISSILE SYSTEM)

REPORTING ERRORS AND RECOMMENDING IMPROVEMENTS

You can help improve this manual. If you find any mistakes, or if you find a way
to improve the procedures, please let us know. Mail your letter, DA Form 2028
(Recommended Changes to Publications and Blank Forms), or DA Form 2028-2
direct to: Commander, U.S. Army Missile Command, ATTN: AMSMI-LC-ME-
PM, Redstone Arsenal, Alabama 35898-5238. A reply will be furnished to you.

i
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS ........................................................................................................... iii

OPERATOR’S SAFETY SUMMARY............................................................................................. iv

SERVICE SAFETY SUMMARY .................................................................................................... v

Section 0. GENERAL

0-1. Maintenance Forms and Records 0-1

0-2. Reporting Equipment Improvement Recommendations
(EIR) 0-1
0-3. Administrative Storage 0-1
0-4. Destruction of Army Material to Prevent Enemy Use 0-1

Section I. SPECIFICATION................................................................................................. 1-1

Section II. OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS............................................................................ 2-1

Section III. THEORY OF OPERATION ................................................................................. 3-1

Section IV. CALIBRATION PROCEDURE............................................................................. 4-1

Performance Check............................................................................................. 4-2
Calibration Procedure.......................................................................................... 4-6

Section V. MAINTENANCE .................................................................................................. 5-1

Section VI. OPTIONS............................................................................................................ 6-1

Section VII. REPLACEABLE ELECTRICAL PARTS ............................................................... 7-1

Section VIII. DIAGRAMS AND ILLUSTRATIONS .................................................................... 8-1

Section IX. REPLACEABLE MECHANICAL PARTS.............................................................. 9-1

Section X. SCHEMATICS, ACCESSORIES, AND FIGURES ............................................... 10-1

APPENDIX A MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART.............................................................. A-1

ii
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS

Figure Figure
No. Page No. Page

1502 Time Domain Reflectometer vi 5-8 Front Panel, Identification of Parts for
2-1 1502 TDR with Cover 2-1 Assembly Steps 8 through 26 5-9
2-2 Battery Connector Polarity 2-2 5-9 Detail of Plug-in Compartment Seal 5-10
2-3 1502 Front Panel Controls 2-3 5-10 Detail of BNC Connector and Washer 5-10
2-4 Incident and Reflected Pulses 2-4 5-11 Detail of Pushbuttons and Their Shafts 5-10
2-5 CRT Display of Pulse 2-6 5-12 Detail of Subpanel Screwhole Sealing 5-11
2-6 TDR Display of R, versus Z 2-7 5-13 Detail of Fuseholder Installation 5-11
2-7 Impedance Nomogram 2-7 5-14 Detail of Fuseholder Caps 5-12
2-8 Open Cable 2-8 5-15 Application of Sealant to Battery Meter 5-12
2-9 Shorted Cable 2-8 5-16 Alignment of Battery Meter 5-12
2-10 Crimped Cable 2-9 5-17 Application of Sealant to FOCUS and
2-11 Frayed Cable 2-9 INTENSITY Controls 5-12
2-12 X-Y Output Module Strap 2-9 5-18 Application of Sealant to FINE Control
3-1 Simplified Block Diagram 3-1 Bushing 5-13
3-2 Sampling Diagram 3-2 5-19 Application of Sealant to FINE Control
3-3 Program Logic Cycle 3-3 Nut 5-13
3-4 Tunnel Diode Voltage-Current Curve 3-5 5-20 Installation of Distance Meter 5-13
3-5 Functional Block Diagram of Slow Ramp 5-21 Application of Sealant to ZERO
Generator 3-7 REFERENCE Control Bushing 5-14
3-6 Block Diagram of 1502 Power Supply 3-10 5-22 Application of Sealant to ZERO
3-7 Chart Recorder Logic 3-12 REFERENCE Control Nut 5-14
3-8 X-Y Output Module Strap 3-13 5-23 Application of Sealant to RECORD
4-1 Pulse Display 4-2 Toggle-switch Bushing 5-14
4-2 Jitter Check 4-4 5-24 Application of Sealant to RECORD
4-3 Aberration Check 4-4 Toggle-switch Nut 5-15
4-4 Fall Time 4-5 5-25 Installation of Rubber Cap-seal on
4-5 Power Supply Test Points and RECORD Toggle-switch 5-15
Adjustments 4-8 5-26 Application of Sealant to the GAIN or the
4-6 Main Board Test Points 4-9 0 dB DET Control Bushing 5-15
4-7 Pulse Generator Output 4-10 5-27 Detail Showing Lubrication and Sealing
4-8 Time Marks Aligned (Standard) 4-8 for the Variable Resistor 5-15
4-9 Time Marks Aligned (Metric) 4-13 5-28 Lubrication of the O-rings and Sealing for
4-10 Pulse Display 4-15 the Cam-switches 5-16
4-11 Loop Gain Adjustment 4-16 5-29 Installation of the POWER SWITCH 5-16
4-12 Reflected-fall Time Check 4-16 5-30 Lubrication of POSITION Control Knobs 5-17
4-13 Vertical Amp/Slow Ramp Board 4-17 5-31 Installation of Knob on Shaft 5-17
4-14 X-Y Output Module Connection Link 4-17 5-32 Lubrication of ZERO REFERENCE Knob 5-17
5-1 DC Fuse Location 5-3 5-33 Installation of Knob on ZERO
5-2 Transistor and Integrated Circuit Lead REFERENCE Control 5-17
Configuration 5-4 5-34 Lubrication of FOCUS and INTENSITY
5-3 Rear View of the HV Board 5-5 Control Knobs 5-18
5-4 230 Vac Transformer Wiring 5-6 5-35 Sealing of Battery Pack Screwholes 5-18
5-5 Subpanel, Identification of Parts 5-7 5-36 Application of Dielectric Type Compound 5-18
5-6 Rubber Seals, Edge Sealing for Subpanel 5-8 5-37 Detail of Front Panel Jacks 5-19
5-7 Detail of Implosion Shield Sealing 5-8 5-38 Detail of X-Y Module Thumbscrews 5-19
5-39 Sealing of Latch Assembly Screwholes 5-20

iii
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P
OPERATORS SAFETY SUMMARY
The general safety information in this part of the summary is for both operating and servicing personnel.
Specific warnings and cautions will be found throughout the manual where they apply, but may not appear in
this summary.
TERMS
In This Manual
CAUTION statements identify conditions or practices that could result in damage to the equipment or other
property.
WARNING statements identify conditions or practices that could result in personal injury or loss of life.
As Marked on Equipment
CAUTION indicates a personal injury hazard not immediately accessible as one reads the marking, or a hazard
to property including the equipment itself.
DANGER indicates a personal injury hazard immediately accessible as one reads the marking.
SYMBOLS

In This Manual
This symbol indicates where applicable cautionary or other information is to be found.

As Marked on Equipment

DANGER - High voltage.

Protective ground (earth) terminal.

ATTENTION - refer to manual.

Power Source
This product is intended to operate from a power source that will not apply more than 250 volts rms between
the supply conductors or between either supply conductor and ground. A protective ground connection by way
of the grounding conductor in the power cord is essential for safe operation.

Grounding the Product

This product is grounded through the grounding conductor of the power cord. To avoid electrical shock, plug
the power cord into a properly wired receptacle before connecting to the product input or output terminals. A
protective ground connection by way of the grounding conductor in the power cord is essential for safe
operation.

Danger Arising From Loss of Ground

Upon loss of the protective-ground connection, all accessible conductive parts (including knobs and controls
that may appear to be insulating) can render an electric shock.
Use the Proper Power Cord
Use only the power cord and connector specified for your product.
Use only a power cord that is in good condition.

Refer cord and connector changes to qualified service personnel.

Use the Proper Fuse
To avoid fire hazard, use only the fuse of correct type, voltage rating and current rating as specified in the parts
list for your product.

Refer fuse replacement to qualified service personnel.

Do Not Operate in Explosive Atmospheres
To avoid explosion, do not operate this product in an explosive atmosphere unless it has been specifically
certified for such operation.
Do Not Remove Covers or Panels
To avoid personal injury, do not remove the product covers or panels. Do not operate the product without the
covers and panels properly installed.
iv
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P

SERVICE SAFETY SUMMARY

FOR QUALIFIED SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY

Refer also to the preceding Operators Safety Summary.

Do Not Service Alone

Do not perform internal service or adjustment of this product unless another person capable of rendering first
aid and resuscitation is present.

Use Care When Servicing With Power On

Dangerous voltages exist at several points in this product. To avoid personal injury, do not touch exposed
connections and components while power is on.

Disconnect power before removing protective panels, soldering, or replacing components.

Power Source
This product is intended to operate from a power source that will not apply more than 250 volts rms between
the supply conductors or between either supply conductor and ground. A protective ground connection by way
of the grounding conductor in the power cord is essential for safe operation.

Power plug options.

@FEB 1980

v
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P

1792-01
1502 Time Domain Reflectometer.
REV A FEB 1980

vi
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P

SECTION 0.

GENERAL

0-1. MAINTENANCE FORMS AND RECORDS

Department of the Army forms and procedures used for equipment maintenance will be those prescribed by TM
38-750, The Army Maintenance Management System (TAMMS).

0-2. REPORTING EQUIPMENT IMPROVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS (EIR)

If your PATRIOT system needs improvement, let us know. Send us an EIR. You, the user, are the only one
who can tell us what you do not like about your equipment. Let us know why you do not like the design. EIRs
will be prepared using SF 368, Quality Deficiency Report (QDR). Mail the QDRs to Commander, U.S. Army
Missile Command, ATTN: AMSMI-LC-ME-PMH, Redstone Arsenal, AL 35898-5238. A reply will be furnished to
you.

0-3. ADMINISTRATIVE STORAGE

To prepare this unit for placement into and removal from administrative storage, refer to section 3, chapter 4,
of AR 750-1, Maintenance Equipment and Supplies. Temporary storage should be accomplished in
accordance with TB 750-25-1, section 2, Maintenance of Supplies and Equipment.

0-4. DESTRUCTION OF ARMY MATERIAL TO PREVENT ENEMY USE

For procedures for destruction of Army material to prevent enemy use, see section XI of TM 9-4935-393-14-1.

0-1(0-2 blank)
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P
SPECIFICATION
General Information
The Tektronix 1502 is a portable Time Domain Reflectometer that uses pulses to test cables and provides a
visual display of cable faults. The test pulses are transmitted via the CABLE output jack. Reflections are
received at the same jack and displayed on the Cathode-Ray Tube (crt).
NOTE
All distances are shown in feet followed by metres in parenthesis. Metric units
are not direct conversions from the measurements shown in feet, but represent
the calibrated ranges of the metric option 1502.
Calibrated distance controls allow an operator to examine up to 100 feet (25 metres) of cable with segments as
small as 1 foot (25 cm) displayed horizontally across the 10-division crt screen. Low-loss cables as long as
2000 feet (500 metres) may be examined at 100 feet (25 metres) per division or 200 feet (50 metres) per
division. The horizontal crt scale is calibrated directly in distance units from 0.1 foot (2.5 cm) per division to
200 feet (50 metres) per division in a 1-2-5 sequence (1-2.5-5 sequence).
A 3-digit, direct reading dial indicates the distance to any cable discontinuity when the dial is used to
horizontally position the discontinuity's reflection to a crt reference line.
Vertical (Y-axis) deflection of the crt beam is proportional to the amplitude of the reflected signal plus the
incident step. The vertical scale is calibrated in units of rho (p) of the transmitted pulse amplitude. For a
definition of rho, refer to section 2 of this manual. The sensitivity scale can be selected in 7 calibrated steps
from 5 mp/div to 500 mp/div.

The transmitted pulse is a step-signal having an amplitude of approximately 225 mV. The risetime of the pulse
generator and the equivalent bandwidth of the deflection circuits provide a system reflected risetime of 140 ps
or less.

The 1502 plug-in compartment will accept either the X-Y OUTPUT MODULE or the TEKTRONIX Y-T Chart
Recorder. The X-Y OUTPUT MODULE is a standard accessory for the 1502 and provides an interface for an
X-Y recorder. The TEKTRONIX Y-T Chart Recorder is an optional accessory. This recorder uses a heated
stylus to record on 4 cm wide, heat-sensitive chart paper. The chart recording length represents the entire crt
screen and is controlled by the 1502.

The 1502 is a ruggedized portable instrument that can be used in the field as well as in the laboratory. The
requirements for a Type III, Class 3, Style A instrument as specified in MIL-T-28800 were used as a guideline
for the environmental specifications. The 1502 has a ruggedized case that provides protection when the
instrument is stored in exposed areas. When the instrument is not being used, the accessories, including the
Operators manual, may be packed in the instrument cover and latched tightly on the front of the instrument.
Table 1-1 indicates which accessories may be placed in the cover of the 1502.

The characteristics given in Table 1-2 apply over an ambient temperature range from -15°C to +55°C after the
instrument has been calibrated at +25°C, ±5°C. Under these conditions, the 1502 will perform to the
requirements given in the Performance Check section of this manual.
Table 1-1.
1502 ACCESSORIES
Accessories stored in the 1502 cover
Accessory Tektronix Part Number
1 50 Ω BNC Terminator 011-0123-00
1 Precision 50 Ω Cable 012-0482-00
1 Viewing Hood 016-0297-00
1 Operators Manual 070-1790-00
1 BNC Connector, Female-to-
Female 103-0028-00
2 Replacement Fuses (for
front panel)
For 115 V ac
Operation 159-0113-00
or
For 230 V ac
Operation (Option 6) 159-0029-00
1 Power Cord 161-0066-00
1 Filter, Mesh (crt) 378-0055-00

Accessories not stored in the 1502 cover

1 TDR Slide Rule 003-0700-00
1 X-Y Output Module 016-0606-00
1 Instruction Manual 070-1792-01
REV D JAN 1981
1-1
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P

SPECIFICATION

The performance limits in this specification are valid with the following conditions:

The instrument must have been calibrated at an ambient temperature between +20°C and +30°C.

The instrument must have a warm up period of at least 20 minutes.

Table 1-2.
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS

Characteristics Performance Requirements Supplemental Information

Excitation Step Pulse Cable Dielectric set to AIR
Reflected Rise ≤0.07 feet (≤140 ps) 10% to 90%
≤2.1 cm for metric
Aberrations ±5% peak during 1st 10 feet (300 cm)
after rise
±0.5% peak beyond 10 feet (300 cm) Noise Filter "Out"
Jitter ≤0.02 feet (≤40 ps) Set at X.1 (Cable Dielectric set to
≤0.6 cm AIR)
≤0.1 feet (≤200 ps) Set at X1 (Cable Dielectric
≤3 cm set to AIR)
Deflection Factor 5 mp/div to 500 mp/div 7 steps, 1-2-5 sequence
Accuracy Within ±3%
Gain At least 3.5:1 from calibrated point Screwdriver control
Display Noise ±5 mp or less, NOISE FILTER
switch "Out" Peak
Low Noise Operation ±2 mp or less, NOISE FILTER
switch "in" Peak
Distance Controls 0 to 2000 feet total
Distance Dial
At X.1 Multiplier
Range 0 to 100 feet
0 to 25 metres for metric
Accuracy Within ±2% ±0.05 feet from 2nd to 9th graticule lines
Within ±2% ±0.05 metres for metric
At X1 Multiplier
Range 0 to 1000 feet
0 to 250 metres for metric
Accuracy Within ±2% ±0.5 feet from 2nd to 9th graticule lines
Within ±2% ±0.5 metres for metric

REV C FEB 1980

1-2
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P

Table 1-2. (cont)

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS

Characteristics Performance Requirements Supplemental Information

FEET/DIV Control
At X.1 Multiplier
Range To 20 feet/div
To 5 metres/div for metric
Scales .1 feet/div to 20 feet/div 8 steps, 1-2-5 sequence
0.025 m/div to 5 m/div for metric 8 steps, 1-2.5-5 sequence
At X1 Multiplier
Range To 200 feet/div DISTANCE dial disabled in
To 50 metres/div for metric 200 (FIND) position
Scales 1 foot/div to 200 feet/div 8 steps, 1-2-5 sequence
0.25 m/div to 50 m/div for metric 8 steps, 1-2-5 sequence
Dielectric Scales SOLID PTFE, Vp/Vair, = 0.70 r= 2.04
SOLID POLY, Vp/Vair = 0.66 r= 2.31
OTHER-VAR, Vp/Vair, = 0.55 to 1 VAR is calibrated for air
when turned to full cw
position. All buttons re-
leased causes default mode
and is cal. for air
Accuracy Within ±2%
External Recorder Inter-
face for X-Y Recorders
Horizontal 0.1 V/div Source impedance 10 kΩ
Vertical 0.09 to 0.13 V/div (adjustable) Source impedance 10 kΩ
Pen Lift
Mode 1
Source Vs = 5 V Nominal with Rs = 10 kΩ
Mode 2 (inverted
Mode 1)
Source Vs = 5 V Nominal with Rs = 10 kΩ
Y-T Plug-in Chart Recorder
Interface
Horizontal 0.4 V/div Source impedance 200 Ω (switched)
Vertical 0.2 V/div Source impedance 200 Ω (switched)
The TEKTRONIX Chart Recorder,
016-0506-03 is designed to operate
with the 1502. The chart uses
a heat sensitive stylus to
record on 4 cm chart paper.
Chart recording length is con-
trolled by the 1502.

REV D JAN 1981

1-3
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P

Table 1-2. (cont)

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS

Characteristics Performance Requirements Supplemental Information

Line Voltage 117 Vac ±20%, 48 to 410 Hz Fused at 0.5 A
234 Vac ±20%, 48 to 410 Hz Fused at 0.3 A
Battery Pack C size 9 cell
Operation At least 5 hours +20°C to +25°C
charge and discharge temperature
Full Charge Time 16 hours
Typical Charge Capacity
Charge Temperature Discharge Temperature
-15°C +20°C to +55°C
+25°C
0°C 40% 60% 50%
+20°C to +25°C 65% 100% 85%
+40°C 40% 65% 55%
Temperature
Operating -15°C to +55°C At temperatures other than 20°C-
25°C, the battery efficiency
becomes restricted
Non-Operating -62°C to +85°C With batteries removed. If stored
with batteries storage range
changed to -40°C to +55°C
Humidity To 100%
Altitude
Operating 10,000 feet
Non-Operating 50,000 feet
Vibration 3.0 g, 5 to 55 Hz; Test time
45 minutes
Shock, Mechanical
Shock, Pulse 15 g, 1/2 sine shock waveform of
11 ms duration. Total of 18 shocks
Bench Handling
Operating 4 drops each face at 4 inches or 45° Case on
with opposite edge as pivot
Non-Operating 4 drops each face at 4 inches or 45° Case off
with opposite edge as pivot.
Satisfactory operation after drops.
Transit Drop 12 inch drop

REV B FEB 1980

1-4
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P

Table 1-2. (cont)

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS

Characteristics Performance Requirements Supplemental Information

Water Resistance
Operating Splashproof and drip proof with cover
off and instrument operating
Non-Operating Watertight with three feet of water Cover on
above top of the case
Salt Atmosphere
Structural Parts Withstand 48 hours exposure to 20%
solution without corroding
Explosive Atmosphere Operation does not cause ignition of an
ambient-explosive-gaseous mixture
with air
Sand and Dust Operates after non-operating, cover
removed, exposure to dust test
of MIL-STD-810, Method 510, Proc. I
Washability Capable of being washed
Electromagnetic
Compatibility
Electromagnetic Meets requirements specified in
Interference (EMI) Table X of MIL-T-28800A
Magnetic Environment
DC Performs satisfactorily when 20
oersted dc applied
AC Performs satisfactorily when 5
oersted RMS ac applied
Fungus Inert Materials used are fungus inert
Weight
With Panel Cover 18 pounds (8.2 kg)
and Accessories
Without Panel Cover 16.0 pounds (7.3 kg)
and Accessories
Domestic Shipping Weight 24.4 pounds (11.1 kg)
Export Shipping Weight Approximately 36.0 pounds
(16.4 kg)
Height 5.0 inches (12.7 cm)
Width
With Handle 12.4 inches (31.5 cm)
Without Handle 11.8 inches (29.9 cm)

@ FEB 1980
1-5
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P

Table 1-2. (cont)

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS

Characteristics Performance Requirements Supplemental Information

Depth
Including Panel 16.5 inches (41.9 cm)
Cover
Handle Extended 18.7 inches (47.4 cm)

@FEB 1980
1-6
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

This section of the manual contains the basic information required for the operation of the 1502 Time
Domain Reflectometer. Included is a brief description of the purpose of each front panel control, general
operating information, care of the instrument, and basic applications.

FRONT COVER AND HANDLE

The watertight front cover protects the front panel when the instrument is not in use and the cover is
latched in place. Standard accessories stored in the cover are indicated on the storage compartment lid.
Special operating instructions and cautions are printed on the lid. These cautions should be followed at all
times to avoid damage to the instrument.

The cover is released from the unit by pulling forward on the side latches. To secure the cover over the
front panel, place the cover into the grooved portion of the front panel and push the latches backwards toward
the instrument. If the unit is accidentally left on, it will be turned off when the cover is secured over the front
panel.

The handle is a friction disc design and will rotate 325°. When the handle is turned so that it is beneath
the unit, it will serve as a stand (see Fig. 2-1).

POWERING THE 1502

This equipment has a 3-wire power cord with a 3-contact plug for connection to the power source and to
protective ground. The plug protective-ground contact connects (through the cord protective-grounding
conductor) to the accessible metal parts of the equipment. For electric-shock protection, insert this plug into a
socket outlet that has a securely grounded protective-ground contact.

CAUTION

Do not operate or charge the battery in the 1502 from an inverter that produces a square
wave output. It can damage the instrument.

For confirmation that the socket-outlet ground contact is securely grounded, refer to qualified service
personnel.

Figure 2-1. 1502 TDR With Cover

REV B FEB 1980

2-1
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P
The 1502 operates from the battery supply for a minimum of 5 hours (including 20 chart recordings). If a
TEKTRONIX Y-T Chart Recorder is used, the 5 hours operating time will decrease by about 3 minutes for each
recording made beyond the 20 specified.
Charging the Battery
The battery pack can be charged at any temperature between 0°C and +40°C. It can be operated at any
temperature between -20°C and +55°C. For maximum charge capacity, the cells should be charged at +20°C
to +25°C.
The battery pack is fully charged in 16 hours when connected to an ac power source and the unit is
switched off. The 1502 may be operated while the battery pack is charging, however, the charging time will
increase. The batteries will not overcharge if the charger is left on longer than 16 hours. The 1502 can remain
connected to an ac source without damaging the batteries. Approximately once a month or every 15 charge-
discharge cycles, the batteries should be charged for approximately 24 hours. Approximately 30 minutes of
operating time can be expected from a 1 hour partial charge. To avoid reverse charging, the full 16 hour
charge should be completed in preference to a partial charge cycle whenever possible.
A battery can be damaged by reverse charging. This can occur if an individual cell becomes completely
discharged and the current from the other cells flow in a reverse direction through the discharged cell. Such a
case can develop due to cell aging, partial charging, or if a cell is replaced. The battery charger uses SCR
protection circuits to prevent accidental reverse charging. The SCR protection circuits automatically shut off
the instrument whenever battery voltage falls below about 10 V.

CAUTION

When the Anti-Deep-Discharge circuit is operating, the voltage circuits are turned off, but
there is still a small amount of current drawn from the batteries. This will further
discharge the batteries (at a slower rate) if the POWER switch is not turned off.

A 12 V dc power supply may be substituted for the 1502 battery pack by removing the pack from the unit
and connecting the power supply to the terminals inside the battery pack compartment.

CAUTION

When substituting a dc power supply or external battery for the battery pack, be sure the
polarity is correct. See Fig. 2-2.

Figure 2-2. Battery Connector Polarity

The power pack can be stored at any temperature between -40°C and +50°C with the battery cells either
fully or partially charged. The self-discharge rate of the cells increases with increased temperature. A fully
charged battery will lose about 50% of its charge in 3 to 4 months if stored at +20°C to +25°C. Therefore, the
battery pack should be completely recharged before using if it has been stored without power supplied to its
charging circuit for more than a month.
FRONT PANEL CONTROLS AND CONNECTORS
A brief description of the purpose of each front panel connector, pushbutton, control, and screwdriver
adjustment follows. A description of the controls of the plug-in modules is also included. Refer to Fig. 2-3 for
their location.
1. CABLE BNC Connector-delivers pulse to the test cable and receives the reflected return pulse.
2. FOCUS Adjusts the focus of the crt electron beam.
3. INTENSITY Controls the brightness of crt display.
4. POSITION/FINE Vertical position control of the crt display. The outer control is a course adjustment and the inner
control is a fine adjustment.
5. mp/DIV Selects the vertical deflection factor-5 mp/div to 500 mp/div (5-2-1 sequence).
6. POWER Push-off, pull-on switch -does not affect the battery charging circuit.
REV B FEB 1980
2-2
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P

Figure 2-3. 1502 Front Panel Controls.

7. GAIN Screwdriver adjust to set the gain 13. DISTANCE Indicates the distance from the
of the vertical amplifier. 1502 to the point on the cable
where the display window begins.
Two ranges: 100 feet (25 m) at X.1
8. NOISE FILTER Reduces displayed noise. Display or 1000 feet (250 m) at X1.
rate is reduced by a factor of 10. Disabled when the FEET/DIV
(METRES/DIV) is at 200 (FIND)
(50).
9. BATTERY Meter to indicate the relative
charge of the power pack.

14. FEET/DIV Selects the horizontal deflection

10. ZERO REF Momentary contact pushbutton. (METRES/DIV) factor:
CHECK When pushed, checks the horizon- X1 = 1 - 200 ft/div (25 cm -
tal location of the incident pulse on 50 m/div).
the crt when the DISTANCE dial is
being used. X.1 = 0.1 - 20 ft/div (2.5 cm -
5 m/div).
11. ZERO REF SET Horizontal pulse position control
for crt display. Sets the incident
pulse edge to a vertical reference
line of the crt when the DISTANCE 15. CABLE Three pushbuttons and a screw-
dial is at 000 or the ZERO REF DIELECTRIC driver adjust. Selects the proper
CHECK button is at pushed. SOLID POLY velocity of propagation. VAR from
0.55 to 1.0 when the OTHER
SOLID PTFE pushbutton is pressed. Fully CW is
12. MULTIPLIER Two-position switch (red control) for air dielectric. VAR control has
for X.1 or X1 multiplier. Affects OTHER VAR reference marks every 30°to in-
both the DISTANCE dial and the dicate relative propagation con-
FEET/DIV (M ETRES/DIV) control. stants.

REV B FEB 1980

2-3
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P
16. RECORD Two-position lever switch; pushed up and then
released, it initiates X-Y recorder or a chart
recorder.

17. AC LINE Protection fuses for line power and battery

FUSES charging circuits (0.5 A fuses for 115 V ac; 0.3
A fuses for 230 V ac).

PLUG-IN Controls and Connectors

1. X-Y The standard plug-in module for the 1502.
OUTPUT Used to drive an external X-Y Chart
MODULE Recorder.

X, Y, and Six front panel jacks used for driving an external

PEN LIFT X-Y recorder. X jacks are for horizontal drive. Y
jacks are for vertical drive. PEN LIFT jacks are
for pen control.

2. Y-T CHART An optional TEKTRONIX Y-T Chart Recorder

RECORDER which replaces the X-Y OUTPUT MODULE.

OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT
To check the operation of the 1502, follow these step-by-step procedures:

1. Preset the front panel controls as follows:

FOCUS Midrange
INTENSITY Midrange
ZERO REF Fully cw
POSITION Midrange
mp/DIV 500
DISTANCE 000
FEET/DIV 1
(METRES/DIV) (.25)
X1 - X.1 X1
CABLE DIELECTRIC SOLID POLY

2. Adjust the INTENSITY and FOCUS controls for a clear

bright trace.

3. Adjust the POSITION controls to set the trace 2 divisions Figure 2-4. Incident and Reflected Pulses.
below the horizontal centerline.

4. Attach the precision 50 Ω cable (012-0482-00) to the CABLE connector.

5. Turn the ZERO REF SET button ccw until the incident pulse edge is located on a vertical reference line.
The incident pulse edge is the initial rise of the step pulse. The vertical reference line may be any line you
choose from the center line to the left side of the crt graticule. We have added an arrow in the second vertical
line to indicate a commonly used reference line.
The reflected pulse from the open end of the 50 Ω cable should appear 3 horizontal divisions to the right
of the reference line in the non-metric version only. The open end of the cable is indicated by the start of a
second rise in the trace (see Fig. 2-4).
6. Turn the ZERO REF SET control throughout its range to see the incident pulse edge can be set on any
vertical graticule line. Set the incident pulse edge on the vertical reference line.
7. Set the DISTANCE dial to 050 and check that the top of the step (open cable reflection) is displayed.
8. Press the ZERO REF CHECK button and check that the incident pulse edge returns to the vertical
reference line of the graticule. Reset the DISTANCE dial to 000.

REV B FEB 1980

2-4
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P
9. Change mp/DIV to 50 and adjust the POSITION controls so the top of the incident pulse is on the
horizontal centerline.
10. Press the NOISE FILTER Pushbutton and check for a reduction in the displayed noise as well as a
reduction in the scan rate. Reset mp/DIV to 500, and release (by depressing a second time) the NOISE
FILTER button.
11. Lift up and hold the RECORD switch. Check that a bright spot appears at the left edge of the crt.
12. Release the RECORD switch. The slow scan of the spot will trace the displayed waveform. When the
scan is complete. The 1502 will automatically return to its normal mode of scanning.
CONNECTING A TEST CABLE TO THE 1502
CAUTION
Do not connect live circuit cables to the input of the 1502. Voltages in excess of 5 V can damage
the sampling gate or tunnel diode. If both the sampling bridge and tunnel diodes are destroyed at
the same time, an improper use is indicated. If such simultaneous damage occurs, repair
charges will be assessed to the customer regardless of the equipment warranty period.
Bleeding of cables before connecting them to the 1502 will remove static charge from them. The
50 Ω termination and BNC adapter supplied may be used to bleed any cable charge.

When testing antennas, be sure that you are not close to transmitters that can be keyed at the
antennas receiving frequency. Keying of transmitters in close proximity can cause damage to the
1502.

Connect cables to be tested by the 1502 to the BNC connector (CABLE) on the front panel. Table
2-1 lists optional connectors/adapters that can be used with the 1502.

Table 2-1.
OPTIONAL CONNECTORS/ADAPTERS
FOR THE 1502
Tektronix Part
Type Number
Terminator, 75 Ω BNC 011-0102-00
Adapter, 50 to 125 Ω 017-0090-00
Adapter, 50 to 75 Ω 017-0091-00
Adapter, 50 to 93 Ω 017-0092-00
BNC Connector, Female to Clip Leads 013-0076-00
BNC Connector, Female to GR 017-0063-00
BNC Connector, Male to GR 017-0064-00
BNC Connector, Female to UHF Male 103-0015-00
BNC Connector, Male to UHF Female 103-0032-00
BNC Connector, Male to Dual Binding Post 103-0035-00
BNC Connector, Female to N Male 103-0045-00
BNC Connector, Male to N Female 103-0058-00
BNC Connector, Female to Dual Banana Jack 103-0090-00
BNC Connector, Male to Male 103-0029-00
LOCATING A DISCONTINUITY IN A CABLE
The DISTANCE dial and the FEET/DIV (METRES/DIV) control make it possible to evaluate cables as
long as 2000 feet (500 metres). The entire length can be displayed directly on the crt if desired. If a chart
recorder is used, only that portion of the trace seen on the crt will be recorded on the graph.
To check cables using only the crt display, the FEET/DIV (METRES/DIV) control and the X1/X.1 control
must be set so that the crt display window is longer than the cable. For example, if the cable is 150 feet (46 m)
long, set the FEET/DIV (METRES/DIV) to 200 (50) and the multiplier at X.1.
NOTE
Use the X.1 multiplier whenever possible to lessen the effects of jitter.

REV B FEB 1980

2-5
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P
This setting of the FEET/DIV (METRES/DIV) control ensures that the reflected signal will appear in the
display window. Measure the distance between the incident pulse rise and the reflected pulse rise.
NOTE
The distance from the sampling bridge to the CABLE connector (2.5 inches or 6.35 cm) should
be taken into account when measuring cables less than 2 feet (50 cm) in length.
To more accurately locate the discontinuity, set the FEET/DIV (METRES/DIV) control to a lower setting.
(The reflected pulse does not need to be in the display window). Push the ZERO REF CHECK button and
adjust the ZERO REF SET control so that the incident pulse rise is set at a convenient vertical reference
graticule line. The ZERO REF SET control may have to be readjusted when changing the FEET/DIV
(METRES/DIV) control.
NOTE
Always set the incident and reflected pulse to the 10% points of their amplitude (see Fig. 2-5).

Figure 2-5. CRT Display of Pulse.

Now turn the DISTANCE dial clockwise until the reflected pulse is located on the reference graticule line.
The reading on the DISTANCE dial times the multiplier gives the length from the CABLE connector to the end
of the cable (or to the discontinuity).

NOTE

When checking cables longer than 1000 feet (250 metres), adjust the DISTANCE dial until the
reflected pulse reaches the right-hand edge of the graticule, then add the graticule display
distance to that on the DISTANCE dial for the total length. The reading of the DISTANCE dial,
plus the number of divisions (from the reference line) across the graticule times the FEET/DIV
(METRES/DIV) setting gives the total length of the cable. Remember that in the 200 FEET/DIV
(50 METRES/DIV) setting the DISTANCE dial is inoperative.

The CABLE DIELECTRIC pushbuttons allow the 1502 to accurately locate discontinuities in cables of
various relative propagation velocity constant (Vp). The SOLID POLY button is calibrated to check solid
polyethylene dielectrics, which have a Vp of 0.66. the SOLID PTFE button is calibrated to check solid
polytetrafluoroethylene (Teflon), which has a Vp of 0.70. The OTHER button is variable from 0.55 to 1.00 and
is controlled by the screwdriver adjustment control VAR. When this screwdriver control is turned to the fully
clockwise position, it is calibrated for air dielectrics, which have a Vp of 1.00. If all three of the CABLE
DIELECTRIC buttons are released, a default condition leaves the instrument calibrated for air dielectric (Vp =
1.00).
EVALUATING A DISCONTINUITY
The mp/DIV control determines the vertical deflection that can be seen on the crt or recorded on a graph
if a chart recorder is used. This control is calibrated to measure the ratio of the reflected signal amplitude to
the incident signal amplitude in rho (p), which is called the voltage reflection coefficient. Rho (p) is the
measurement of reflected signal amplitude and can be used to determine the impedance of a discontinuity.
Note that no reflection is obtained from a cable that has no discontinuities if the cable is terminated with its
characteristic impedance. If a cable has an open, i.e., a break (infinite impedance), the reflected step
amplitude is +1 p; and if a cable has a short (zero impedance), the reflected step amplitude is -1 p.
Fig. 2-6 shows the two parts of a TDR display labeled to identify the incident and reflected voltage signals.
When p=0, the transmission line is terminated by a resistance equal to its characteristic impedance (Zo) which,
in this case, is 50 Ω. (When p equals +1, the transmission line load is an open circuit. When p equals -1, the
transmission line load is a short. If the line is terminated by RL > 50 Ω, p is positive and if the line is terminated
by RL < 50 Ω, p is negative.

REV B FEB 1980

2-6
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P
Fig. 2-7 is a chart for converting reflected pulse amplitude to impedance. Rho is dependent on the
characteristic impedance, Zo, of the cable under test and the load (or the impedance of the discontinuity), RL,
on the cable. Therefore, p can also be defined as:

p= R L - Zo
R L + Zo

This relationship was used to develop the chart shown in Fig. 2-7.

Figure 2-6. TDR Display of RL vs Zo.

TYPICAL CABLE PROBLEMS

A few of the cable problems that can be analyzed with the 1502 include opens, shorts, pin-holes in the
cable shield, opens in the shield, kinks in the cable, mismatched connectors, and corroded connectors. Figs. 2-
8 through 2-11 show typical examples of these problems.

Figure 2-7. Impedance Nomograph.

REV C JUL 1980

2-7
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P

Figure 2-8. Open Cable. Figure 2-9. Shorted Cable.

CHECKING CABLES WITH IMPEDANCE OTHER THAN 50 Ω

Cables with a characteristic impedance other than 50 Ω can be evaluated by adjusting the GAIN control
(screwdriver adjust) to correct the reflected pulse for +1p at the open end of a cable. When the GAIN is
changed, the incident pulse will no longer be 1p.

To reset the GAIN for an impedance other than 50 Ω, either connect an impedance-matching adapter (50
to 75 Ω, 50 to 93 Ω, 50 to 125 Ω, etc) to the CABLE connector and connect a short length of cable (with
impedance the same as the adapter, i.e., 75 Ω, 93 Ω, 125 Ω, etc.) to the adapter or connect the cable to be
tested to the CABLE connector. With the mp/DIV control set at 500, position the trace on the graticule so that
the display of the cable appears in the display. Now adjust the GAIN control so that the open end display
(reflected pulse) is set 2 divisions above the cable display (horizontal centerline). This sets the reflected pulse
to +1p from the characteristic impedance.

NOTE

If an impedance adapter is not used, secondary reflections will re-appear as discontinuities

beyond the open end of the cable.

1502 ACCESSORIES

Plug-Ins
The 1502 plug-in compartment will accept the X-Y OUTPUT MODULE (provided as a standard accessory) or
the TEKTRONIX Y-T Chart Recorder (part number 016-0506-03).

Using an X-Y Recorder

The X-Y OUTPUT MODULE is wired for either a positive or negative pen lift signal. Before using the X-Y
OUTPUT MODULE, be sure that the pen lift circuit on the etched circuit board is properly connected. Fig. 2-12
shows the proper connection for either a positive or negative pen lift signal.

REV B FEB 1980

2-8
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P

Figure 2-10. Crimped Cable. Figure 2-11. Frayed Cable.

An X-Y recorder can be used with the 1502 by connecting it to the X-Y OUTPUT MODULE when this
module is plugged into the 1502. Connect the X, Y, and PEN LIFT inputs of the recorder to the corresponding
jacks of the X-Y OUTPUT MODULE. See the information or manual provided with the recorder for further
information on its use.

Figure 2-12. X-Y Output Module Strap.

Mesh Filter for the crt

A mesh filter is provided with the 1502, which makes viewing of the crt easier when the unit is being used
in the sunlight. This filter is placed over the crt by sliding it onto the slots of the crt bezel.

Viewing Hood
The viewing hood provides shading for the crt and can be installed over the crt by sliding it down over the
crt bezel sides. The mesh filter must be removed before the viewing hood will connect it to the crt bezel.

Using a Camera with the 1502

If a Camera Adapter (Tektronix Part Number 016-0327-01) is attached to the crt bezel of the 1502, A C-
30B/31B camera can be used to take photographs of the crt display.

REV C FEB 1980

2-9
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P

Nominal C-30B/31B camera settings are:

f/stop 5.6-11
time 1 sec
magnification 1.2 (fixed at 0.5 in C31B)
focus as necessary

INSTRUMENT STORAGE

The 1502 has been made with a ruggedized case that will provide protection when stored in exposed
areas. When the instrument is not being used, the accessories (including the Operators manual) should be
packed in the instrument cover and the cover latched on the front of the instrument.

The 1502 can be stored In temperatures between -620 C and +850 C, but if the temperature is below -400
C or exceeds +550C, the batteries must be removed and stored in a location where the temperature is between
-400C and +55°C.

REV B FEB 1980

2-10
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P

THEORY OF OPERATION

This section describes the circuits of the 1502 using a combination of block and circuit diagrams on pull-
outs from the back of this manual.

Block Diagrams
There are two block diagrams that show the overall functions of the 1502; Fig. 3-1, a simplified version,
and the main block diagram located on a pull-out.

Circuit Operation
The 1502 uses pulses to check cable conditions. The Pulser circuits transmit the pulses down the cable
under test, and the Sampler circuits sample the reflections and provide the vertical signal for display on the crt.

The Pulser is basically a tunnel diode in a 50 Ω strip line (cavity). It contains all biasing and timing
circuits required for operation of tunnel diode, CR1703.

Figure 3-1. Simplified Block Diagram-1502

REV A FEB 1980
3-1
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P

Sequential equivalent-time sampling is used to develop a display. Two ramps are generated, a fast ramp
and a slow ramp. The fast ramp is compared to the slow ramp or a fixed reference to generate trigger pulses
for the Sampler and the Pulser respectively. These comparisons are made by the Pulser and Sampler
Comparators.

A short time after the Pulser transmits the step pulse into the cable under test, depending on the
amplitude of the slow and fast ramps, a sampling trigger from the Sampler Comparator causes the Sampler to
sample-and-hold the voltage level appearing at that time. This voltage is taken at the point where the Sampler
is connected to the 50 Ω strip line. This voltage sample is amplified and sent through the vertical amplifiers to
the crt.

The Slow Ramp Generator provides the horizontal sweep for the crt and, combined with the vertical
sample, provides a display of the sampled value. Sampling triggers, taken later during the next fast ramp time,
cause additional samples to be displayed next to the first one, until a line of very short dashes are formed
across the crt, appearing as a solid line (Fig. 3-2).

The amplified vertical and ramp signals are also sent to X-Y Interface connectors. These signals, along
with a pen lift control signal, provide the information for driving external X-Y recorders.

If the TEKTRONIX Y-T Chart Recorder is used, the amplified vertical signals from the Sampler are
applied to the writing stylus drive circuits. The speed of the chart paper is derived by the holes along the edge
of the chart paper passing between a phototransistor and a light-emitting diode providing digital information to
the Control Logic. The Control Logic uses this information to control the slope of the slow ramp so as to match
the speed of the chart paper. Thus, the trace and grid on the chart recording correlates to the trace and
graticule displayed on the crt.

When the horizontal scan of the crt has been completed, the vertical input is automatically disconnected
and the slow ramp is released to scan at its own speed. The chart paper continues to run until the entire
recorded data is outside the chart recorder.

Figure 3-2. Sampling Diagram.

REV A FEB 1980
3-2
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P

DETAILED CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

Pulser
The Pulser consists of three circuits: a Clock Generator, a Logic Programmer, and a Pulse Generator.
These circuits provide a signal for the fast ramp generator called the FAST RAMP START, and provide timing
for firing the tunnel diode, CR1703. A complete programming cycle consists of six equally divided time slots
derived from the 60 kHz Clock Generator output. The Logic Programmer develops the timing pulses from the
Clock Generator output to control bias level timing on the tunnel diode and the duration of the Fast Ramp
Generator.
The Pulser uses a two step process to generate a test pulse. Two steps are used to automatically bias
the tunnel diode. The first step checks the peak current point of the tunnel diode then stores the firing voltage
level on Memory Capacitor C1596. The second step uses the voltage stored on C1596 and an additional pulse
(TD TRIGGER) to fire the tunnel diode and transmit the test pulse to the CABLE connector. This peak current
check is performed for each Programming cycle. Thus, the automatic bias corrects for tunnel diode aging,
thermal effects, and loading variations. Biasing action on the tunnel diode during each time slot is as shown in
Fig. 3-3 and described as follows:
Time Slot 1. All current is removed from the tunnel diode to reset it to its low state. The low state is on
the low voltage side of the peak current point on the voltage-current curve of the tunnel diode (Fig. 3-4).
Time Slot 2. Bias current is applied to the tunnel diode so that the current is raised to just below the
minimum peak current point (depending on the tolerance of the tunnel diode characteristics).

Time Slot 3. A current ramp is added to the bias current until the tunnel diode fires. After firing, the
tunnel diode current is reduced to a predetermined amount where it remains for the rest of time slot 3.

Time Slot 4. All current is removed to reset the tunnel diode to the low state. This completes the first
pulse and the firing level of the tunnel diode is now just above the voltage stored in capacitor C1596.

Time Slot 5. This is a waiting period where currents are allowed to stabilize.

Time Slot 6. The tunnel diode is fired by TD TRIGGER from the Pulse Comparator. The fast ramp
makes its sweep and the Sampler takes its sample during this time.

Clock Generator. The Clock Generator consists of two inverters, U1575A and U1575B, which act as an
astable multivibrator. The output signal is a square wave about 60 kHz, as determined by C1572 and R1574.
R1577 protects the input to U1575B. The square wave is applied to a divide-by-six counter in the Logic
Programmer.

Logic Programmer. The Logic Programmer provides the needed logic sequence to allow automatic
tunnel diode biasing and sampler synchronization. It consists of a divide-by-six counter, U1569, and gates
U1575C, U1575D, and U1671. A cycle is completed after every six clock inputs (Fig. 3-3). Q1 starts going
high at the start of the clock pulse train and remains high for three clock pulses, then goes low for the next
three clock pulses.

The outputs (Q1 through Q5) of the counter go to gates U1575C, U1575D, and U1671. The output of
U1575C is called FAST RAMP START and controls the duration of the fast ramp generator. It is in the low
state for the first five clock cycles and in the high state for the sixth clock cycle (see Fig. 3-3b).

The output of U1575D, MEMORY RESET, is used to reset the biasing level of tunnel diode CR1703. By
turning Q1597 on, the charging current to C1596 is shunted to ground, and any voltage on this capacitor is
removed. This occurs during the first 2 time slots (see Fig. 3-3c).
The output of gate U1671D resets the tunnel diode during time slots 1 and 4, accomplished by diverting
the current for the tunnel diode to ground through Q1602. This causes the tunnel diode to turn off. The reset
action occurs each time after the tunnel diode is fired (shown in Fig. 3-3d).
The output of U1671C is used to enable a comparator, Q1688 and Q1695, which senses when tunnel
diode CR1703 goes into the high state during time slot 3 (see Fig. 3-3e).
Pulse Generator. The Pulse Generator consists of the high speed, 20 milliamp tunnel diode, CR1703,
and the tunnel diode bias control circuits. It generates the test output pulses to the CABLE connector.
The voltage pulse across CR1703 is 400 mV with a risetime of about 50 ps. The low impedance of
CR1703, combined with R1701, form a source impedance of 50 Ω. This circuit provides a 200 mV step pulse
to the CABLE connector.
REV A FEB 1980
3-3
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P

Bias current for tunnel diode CR1703 is provided by R1601 and R1693. Transistors Q1602 and Q1603
serve as a switch to direct the current through the tunnel diode via Q1603 or to divert the current to ground via
Q1602. TUNNEL DIODE RESET (U1671D output), which is high during time slots 1 and 4, is used to switch
between Q1602 and Q1603. When the base of Q1583 goes high, its output to Q1589 goes low. The emitter of
Q1589 goes low, turning Q1595 on, which turns Q1602 on (through Q1502) and Q1603 off (through Q1504).
CR1703 is then off.

Figure 3-3. Program Logic Cycle.

REV A FEB 1980
3-4
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P

During time slots 1 and 2,Q1597 is saturated, discharging memory capacitor C1596. At the start of time
slot 3, Q1597 is cut off, allowing the current through CR1691 and R1691 to charge C1596 via R1692 and
R1594. (C1596, R1692, and R1594 compose the memory circuit). This causes the gate voltage of Q1693 to
be stepped up to a value determined by voltage divider R1691, R1692, and R1594 and then increase with a
time constant rate determined by R1691, R1692, R1594, and C1596 (see Fig. 3-3g).
A current with a waveform similar to the voltage waveform at the gate of Q1693 will flow through R1693
and is added to the idle current from R1601. This current flows through Q1603 to output tunnel diode CR1703,
and continues to increase until the tunnel diode goes into the high voltage state. At this point, comparator
Q1695 and Q1688 cause Q1683 to remove the memory charge current. Thus, current stops flowing into
C1596, causing the voltage ramp at the gate of Q1693 to stop and step-down. Similarly, the current ramp into
the tunnel diode will stop and step-down.
The comparator consists of Q1695 and Q1688. Its reference is set at
a negative level, except during time slot 3 when it is set at a positive 300
mV. The reference input voltage (the voltage at the base of Q1695) equals
the tunnel diode voltage (which is always above ground level). These
conditions cause Q1683 to saturate and remove the memory charging
current. At the beginning of time slot 3, when the tunnel diode is still at its
low voltage state, the comparison voltage is set at 300 mV. At this level
Q1683 is not conducting, therefore, the memory charge current flows to the
memory capacitor. When the tunnel diode fires, the comparator input
voltage goes above the 300 mV comparison level. Q1683 becomes
saturated again and the memory charge current is removed. The
comparison reference levels are set by R1682, R1683, R1681, and Q1675.
Factory selectable resistors R1702 and R1707, along with capacitors C1701
and C1706, are used to compensate for tunnel diode thermal time
constants.
Figure 3-4. Tunnel Diode Voltage-
Current Curve.

A tunnel diode, CR1609, is used to reduce jitter on the output step pulse. Q1608 conducts when TD
TRIGGER is received from the pulser comparator during time slot 6. The current through Q1608 causes tunnel
diode CR1609 to go to the high voltage state, producing a fast spike pulse through C1609 and R1701 to tunnel
diode CR1703. This fires CR1703, sending the test pulse to the CABLE connector. Dc balance network,
R1753, R1659, and C1655 provides an output of "zero" level when no test pulse is being generated, and if the
CABLE terminations are not too extreme.

Sampler
The Sampler circuitry provides positive and negative strobes to strobe the sampling diodes, so that
during a short time period (100 ps), a sample of the incident pulse or reflected signals can be taken. The
sampling preamplifier amplifies these signals for display on the crt. The sampler consists of a Sampling Gate,
Sampling Preamplifier, Strobe Generator, and Blowby Compensation.
Sampling Gate. Dual-diode Sampling Gate, CR1732, allows signals from the output terminal to appear
at the preamplifier input for a short period of time. The bandwidth (or risetime) of the sampler is proportional to
the conduction time of the diodes, which are controlled by the strobe width of the strobe generator.
Sampling Preamplifier. The Sampling Preamplifier consists of Q1648, Q1556, and Q1643. While
strobing is occurring, a signal sample is taken from the transmission line and stored in capacitors C1635,
C1636, C1637, C1638, C1646, and C1647. The preamplifier amplifies the charge stored in the capacitors. A
positive feedback is provided by C1646 and C1647 to bring the sampling efficiency to unity. The sampling
efficiency is adjustable by R1543.
The preamplifier has a gain of approximately 2 times, which is controlled by R1549 and R1651. R1639
and R1630 are needed to bleed off some of the reverse self-charge of C1637 and C1638. This allows the
sampling gate to conduct during the peak amplitude of the strobes and thus determines the sampling aperature.
Strobe Generator. The Strobe Generator consists of preamplifier Q1553; signal-shaping amplifier
Q1544 and Q1535; avalanche circuit Q1537; snap-off diode circuitry and strobe shaper, CR1632; and shorted
strip lines.
REV A FEB 1980

3-5
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P

A negative-going signal from the sampler comparator is amplified by Q1553 and the collector output is
fed to a fast-rise one-shot multivibrator. A positive-going signal to Q1544 produces a negative-going signal on
the base of Q1535, which results in a more positive-going signal on the base of Q1544. This action continues
until both transistors are completely saturated, at which point TP1534 (violet test point) is at ground level. It will
stay in this state as long as a charge remains on C1543. When this charge is depleted, the circuit resets and
TP1534 returns to -5 volts. The fast positive edge at TP1534 is fed through C1534 into transformer T1538,
which drives the avalanche circuit. Avalanche transistor Q1537 goes into its avalanche mode and the voltage
across the transistor collapses very rapidly (300 ps). The collector voltage drops and the emitter voltage rises.
These opposite signals are fed to the SNAP-OFF circuit by way of C1631 and C1632. The SNAP-OFF diode
CR1632 is normally forward biased by a current from R1625 and R1633. This current is established by the
emitter voltage of Q1539. The emitter voltage is controlled by R1538 (SNAP-OFF CURRENT). The negative-
going signal of the avalanche circuit is applied to the anode of the SNAP-OFF diode and the positive-going
signal is applied to the cathode to reverse bias this diode. After a small delay, the SNAP-OFF diode will
become reverse biased. The reverse biasing occurs in less than 50 nanoseconds. The fast rising step from
CR1632 is applied to the shorted strip lines. The width of the strobes is determined by the physical length of
the shorted strip lines. The generated strobe is differentiated by capacitors C1635 and C1636 and then strobes
the sampling diodes.
The avalanche voltage amplitude is controlled by R1525 with Q1529 acting as an emitter follower.
Blowby Compensation. The Blowby compensation network, Q1656, R1657, R1752, and R1656,
cancels any signal component passing the gate due to diode shunt capacitance. This is accomplished by
inverting the transmission line signal and adding it to the input of the preamplifier through C1648. The amount
of compensation is set by R1657 and R1659 (LO FREQ COMP).

Comparators
There are two comparators; the Pulser Comparator and the Sampling Comparator. The Pulser
Comparator provides the TD trigger signal to the Pulse Generator and the Sampler Comparator provides the
Sampling Trigger signal to the Strobe Generator. Each comparator consists of a differential amplifier; Q1336
and Q1325 in the Sampler Comparator; and Q1347, Q1348 in the Pulser Comparator. The two comparators
operate the same, therefore only the Sampler Comparator component numbers will be used in this description
(see circuit diagram 1B).

The two inputs for the Sampler Comparator are the bases of Q1336 and Q1325. Depending on which
input is higher, the voltage at TP1324 (green test point) will be +5 V or negative. If the base of Q1336 is high,
Q1336 conducts and Q1325 is turned off. The current for Q1336 comes from Q1329 which turns Q1328 on.
This puts the voltage at TP1324 high (+5 V). When the base of Q1336 is below that of Q1325, Q1336, Q1329
and Q1328 are turned off. Q1325 is conducting. The output voltage drops to the level of a conducting diode
junction.

Q1425 and Q1431 form a temperature-compensated current source for the differential amplifier. The
collector current of Q1431 is determined by the value of R1431 and R1422. It is approximately equal to the
current of Q1425.

The second input of the Sampler Comparator is connected to the attenuated and inverted slow ramp
signal. (The second input for the Pulser Comparator is a dc voltage that is controlled by the ZERO REF SET,
R0151. The X.1 POSITION CAL control, R1132, compensates for unequal delays in the comparator when the
speed of the Fast Ramp is changed (X1 to X.1).)

Ramp Generators
There are two ramp generators, the Fast Ramp Generator and the Slow Ramp Generator. The Fast
Ramp is used for setting the X1 and X.1 distance timing. The Slow Ramp is used for the crt sweep and, when
combined with the Fast Ramp, to create slewed strobes for the sampler.
Fast Ramp. The Fast Ramp Generator consists of amplifier Q1357 and Q1358; fast ramp clamp Q1338;
current source Q1337 and Q1339; and timing capacitors C1325, C1237, and C1332.
Q1337 provides a constant current source for the timing capacitors to develop a linear voltage ramp
across them. The magnitude of current can be precisely set with the FEET/DIV CAL, R1435. Q1339 is needed
for thermal tracking. The timing capacitors are reset, at the end of time slot 6, by high speed ramp clamp
Q1338. The ramp clamp is controlled by the pulse generator programmer through 01338 and Q1357. C1332 is
a timing adjustment for the X.1 ramp. The Fast Ramp signal is supplied to the Sampler and Pulser
Comparator.

Slow Ramp (Schematic 3). The Slow Ramp Generator consists of an integrator, a bi-level comparator,
a positive current source, a negative current source, a retrace switch, and a retrace signal amplifier. A
functional block diagram of the Slow Ramp Generator is shown in Fig. 3-5.
REV A FEB 1980
3-6
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P

Figure 3-5. Functional Block Diagram of Slow Ramp Generator.

Integrator. An inverting amplifier circuit with an FET input is used as an integrator. Integrator capacitor
C2356 is connected between the collector of Q2345 and the inverting input (gate of Q2246A). A minus current
applied to the inverting input through R2353 results in a linear rising voltage on the output (see the waveform
shown in Fig. 3-5). This output voltage will continue to rise until it reaches the internal comparison level of 4.1
volts. The bi-level comparator output then switches to a higher output level to close FET switch Q2257. It also
changes its comparison level to -.1 V. This allows a positive current to be applied to the input of the integrator.
The positive current is several times larger than the negative current and causes the output voltage of the
integrator to decrease linearly. After a short period of time, the integrator output voltage approaches this
comparison voltage of -0.1 V and causes the positive current into the integrator to be turned off. At this time
the comparator level is switched back to the 4.1 V level and the cycle starts over.

The rise and fall time of the slow ramp can be varied by changing the integrating capacitance values. In
the normal 40 Hz scan frequency, a value of 0.0013 µF is used. When NOISE FILTER switch S2254 is
activated, the scan frequency is reduced by approximately 7 times by paralleling a capacitance value of 0.01
µF to the original 0.0013 µF. For recording (X-Y or chart) purposes, a value of 1 µF is used. (Q2248 acts as a
FET switch and is controlled by the Record Logic.)

Bi-Level Comparator. During the positive going sequence of the Slow Ramp Generator, Q2261 is
saturated and Q2262 is off. The emitter voltage of Q2261 and Q2262 is 4.1 volts. This voltage is controlled by
a resistor divider, R2267 and R2158. The collector (output of the comparator) of Q2262 is at a -5 V level
because the transistor is not conducting. The anode of CR2161 has to rise to 4.1 volts in order to turn off
Q2261.

When Q2261 turns off, its collector level will decrease, which causes Q2262 to be turned on and saturated.
The emitter voltage output switches to -0.1 volt. 02261 remains off until the anode voltage of CR2161 goes to -
0.1 volt, which restarts the cycle.

The comparator can be forced into the scan cycle when the Recorder Logic turns on CR2262.

Retrace Signal Amplifier. The retrace signal amplifier uses an input FET (Q2258) to drive amplifier
Q2259. The output voltage is +5 V during retrace and -5 V during the scan cycle. The output is used for Chart
Recorder Logic and Record Logic.

Current Sources. The positive and negative currents for the retrace sweep are generated by applying +5
V and -5 V to the high value resistors R2251 and R2353 respectively.

REV A FEB 1980

3-7
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P
Sweep Inverter with Horizontal Attenuator (Schematic 2)
The Sweep Inverter consists of an operational amplifier U1344; selectable input resistors, R1216, R1217,
R1218, R1219, R1226, R1227, R1323, R1324 (which are selected by the FEET/DIV switch, S1222F) and
selectable feedback resistors, R1148, R1146, R1152, which are selectable by the CABLE DIELECTRIC switch
S1251.
Operational amplifier U1344 is connected in the circuit as an inverter. Its input voltage amplitude is
determined by the position of FEET/DIV switch S1222F, whose input signal is the 4 volt, slow-ramp generator
signal. The FEET/DIV control is selectable from 1 to 200 feet per division in a 1-2-5 sequence. The output of
the FEET/DIV control is fed to the Sampler Comparator by way of voltage offset circuitry R1342 and R1239.
Feedback resistor R0472 is a variable range adjustment for the "OTHER" cable types; OTHER being any
cable with a dielectric material other than solid polyethylene or solid polytetrafluoroethylene.
Distance Offset
The distance offset consists of a compensated current source Q1413, Q1317; a DISTANCE dial, R0271;
and a ZERO REF CHECK switch, S0151.
The constant current of Q1413 is fed into the wiper of the variable DISTANCE resistor, R0271. The
variable calibrated current of R0271 is fed into the summing junction of the Inverters operational amplifier,
U1344. This occurs in all FEET/DIV settings except the 200 feet/div setting. When depressed, ZERO REF
CHECK switch S0151 disables the offset current so that reference checks can be made. DISTANCE CAL
resistor R1315 provides an adjustment for the calibrated current of Q1317.
Horizontal Output Amplifier (Schematic 4)
The Horizontal Output Amplifier consists of Q3221, Q3118, Q3113, and Q3114. This amplifier amplifies
the 0-4 volt, slow ramp signal into a differential voltage of approximately 150 volts as well as shifting the output
level to an average voltage of 85 V. This amplifier gain of approximately 37 times is achieved with a
differential transistor amplifier, Q3221 and Q3118. The gain is controlled by the ratio of resistance R3122 or
R3121, the parallel values of resistors R3217 and R3116, and resistors R3216 and R3212. R3217 is variable to
adjust for crt deflection factor tolerances. The differential amplifier uses 0Q3113 and 0Q3114 as a current
mirror current source. The thermally stable current is set by R3112, R3114, and R3115. R3213 is used for
horizontal positioning.
X-Y Recorder Logic (Schematic 3)
The X-Y Recorder Logic consists of bi-stable multivibrator U2332B and U2332D; gates U2332A and
U2332C and multiplex switches U3223A and U3223B. (U3223A and U3223B are on Schematics 3 and 4.)
During the normal mode of 1502 operation, the output of the multivibrator (PENLIFT: TP2157, yellow) is
low and Q2248 is not conducting. Pin 10 of gate U2332C is low and Q2249 is not conducting. By pressing
RECORD switch S0481B, the RECORD line goes high, the multivibrator changes level, and TP2157 becomes
positive (+5 V). The output of U2332A (pin 3) goes low and the output of U2332C (pin 10) goes high. This
turns Q2249 on. Q2249 keeps C2356 discharged and the output of the Slow Ramp remains at 0 V. By
releasing the RECORD switch, the output of U2332C goes low, which turns Q2249 off. At the same time,
Q2248 is on. This starts the Slow Ramp Generator scanning at a much slower rate due to C2252 being added
to the circuit. When the scan cycle ends, the output of retrace amplifier Q2259 goes high, causing multivibrator
U2332D and B to be reset. This sets the Recorder Logic back to the normal mode of operation.
Components CR2324, R2324, and C2325 are used to ensure that the Recorder Logic is in the normal mode
of operation when the power supply switch is turned on.
Vertical Amplifier
The Vertical Amplifier circuit contains selectable gain amplifier U2136 with positioning control, variable gain
amplifier U2143 to calibrate the instrument for different cable impedances, retrace logic with a fogging
oscillator, and a vertical output amplifier.
Vertical Amplifier. This circuit consists of operational amplifier U2136, and a bank of resistors for gain
selection. The required resistors are selected by switch S2126 (mp/DIV).
The operational amplifier is connected as a voltage follower. The non-inverting input receives its signal
from the preamplifier through R2138 and the positioning signal from amplifier U2131 through R2137. High-
frequency noise is filtered by 0.001 µF capacitor C2137. Additional noise filtering can be obtained by activating
the NOISE FILTER switch, S2254, which adds 0.1 µF capacitor C2241 to the circuit.
Positioning. Vertical trace positioning is accomplished by offsetting the dc level of the vertical signal.
Operational amplifier U2131 provides the dc offset voltage. U2131 is controlled by R0251A (POSITION) and
R0251B (FINE).

REV C FEB 1980

3-8
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P
Gain Amplifier. The Gain Amplifier consists of U2143 with variable gain provided by R0263. The
incoming voltage is attenuated approximately 20% by R2228 and R2144. The output voltage is approximately
200 mp per division. The variable gain control has a range of approximately 5 times and is set by the values of
R0263 and R2142. The output goes through the Retrace Logic to the Vertical Output Amplifier.
Retrace Logic (Schematic 4). The Retrace Logic consists of gate U3123C, inverter Q3137, oscillator
U3123A and U3123D, and analog switches U3223C and U3223D.
The only time the vertical signal is applied to the vertical output amplifier is during the forward scanning
cycle. During the retrace cycle, an offset voltage is applied to the vertical output amplifier.
During the slow ramp forward scan cycle, the retrace signal is negative, as is pin 2 of U3123A. This causes
the output of U3123D to be low. Pin 6 of U3223C is also high and the vertical signal is passed through the
analog gate to the output amplifier.
During the retrace cycle, the output of U3123D is high, but pin 6 of U3223C is low and pin 12 of U3223D is
high. This allows the output of U3123D to be passed to the vertical output amplifier, which causes the beam to
be deflected below the crt viewing area.
Vertical Output Amplifier. The Vertical Output amplifier consists of Q3236, Q3232, Q3139, and Q3235.
The mode of operation is identical to that of the Horizontal Output Amplifier. In the Vertical Output Amplifier,
the amplifier gain is approximately 80. Capacitor C3233 is added to increase high frequency response.

CRT Display Circuits (Schematic 4)

The crt display circuit High Voltage Supply provides the voltage for the FOCUS control, INTENSITY
control, and the cathode of the crt and the crt biasing network. The crt provides a display of the conditions of
the cable being checked and is also shown in the circuit.
High Voltage. The high voltage circuit consists of: an oscillator, formed by transistors Q4149 and Q4145;
transformer T4141; a high voltage multiplier circuit consisting of CR4323, CR4313, CR4311, and CR4211, and
a resistor divider string consisting of R4114, R4126, R4222, R4129, and R4221, INTENSITY control R0442,
and FOCUS control R0432.
The self-starting oscillator is formed by R4146, R4141, and transformer T4241. The transformer has a
separate feedback winding (pins 9, 10, 11), which ac couples the voltage to the bases of the transistors (Q4149
and 04145). R4146 and R4141, along with the 0.001 µF capacitors (C4135 or C4134), establish a time-
constant that prevents saturation and controls the oscillator frequency.
Winding 7-8 of the transformer provides a 0.6 volt rms signal for the crt filament. This winding is high
voltage insulated. Winding 4-6 provides a 500 volt square wave that is used to generate the high voltage. The
high voltage multiplier circuit converts the 500 volts to 2000 volts. A resistor divider string is connected
between the 2000 volt and the 1000 volt taps of the multiplier circuit. This provides the voltages for correct
biasing of the crt. The FOCUS and INTENSITY controls are included in this divider string. A 150 volt zener
diode, VR4117, is used to stabilize the cathode voltage.
Cathode-Ray Tube. In order to optimize the crt display, internal controls for Astigmatism, Geometry, and
Trace Rotation are provided. These controls, which are located on the output board, are: R3148, R3149,
R3242 (ASTIGMATISM); R3249, R3248 (GEOMETRY); and R3142, R3143 (TRACE ROTATION).

Power Supply (Schematic 6)

The Power Supply consists of a line selector, transformer T0389, a battery charger network, battery pack
BT0369, and the dc voltage converters. The battery charger network contains SCR switch Q6155, SCR
triggering circuit Q6143, Q6244, and Q6241, operational amplifier U6138, and the current reference resistor
R6131.
In the dc voltage converters, there is an Anti-Deep Discharge circuit, Q6548, Q6549, and Q6547; a primary
regulator, Q6552, Q6557, and VR6459; a controllable oscillator, Q6458, Q6445, C6551, R6545; a fly-back
switch, Q6435 and Q6349; and fly-back transformer T6535. The secondary output windings of T6535 provide
the +165 V, +100 V, +25 V, +10 V, +8 V, -8 V, +5 V, and -5 V supplies. The +10 V, +5 V, and -5 V circuits
have secondary regulation circuitry. See Fig. 3-6 for a simplified block diagram of the power supply.
Line Selector. The line selector is composed of the input transformer's terminals and can be wired for
either 110 volts or 220 volts. It is factory wired for 110 volts. If 220 volt operation is required, remove the wire
straps from lugs 1-2 and 3-4 of T0389; then connect a strap from lug 2 to lug 3.
REV B FEB 1980
3-9
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P

Figure 3-6. Block Diagram of 1502 Power Supply.

CAUTION
If the instrument is wired for 220 V operation, be sure that the two front panel
fuses are changed. See the electrical parts list for proper fuse size.
Battery Charger. Line transformer T0389 provides battery charge current. The battery charge current is
regulated for an average current of 150 mA (independent of battery load).
A reference voltage of approximately 50 mV is created across reference resistor R6132. This voltage is
created by R6135 and VR6134. The battery load and charge current are always fed through R6131 and the
charger will try to maintain an average current of 150 mA into the battery. This is done by comparing the
voltages across two reference resistors (R6132 and R6131) using operational amplifier U6138. Depending
upon the battery charge current, the output of the operational amplifier will provide more or less current into the
current source input Q6244. With every new cycle, a current (of the same magnitude as the input current) will
be released by Q6241 to charge capacitor C6147. Full wave rectification is provided by CR6157. The voltage
across C6147 builds up every cycle until it reaches the firing threshold level of the programmable unijunction
transistor (PUT) Q6143. At this moment, a triggered pulse occurs at the cathode of the PUT, which in turn fires
SCR Q6155. When this occurs, a portion of the full-wave rectifier output provides a charge current for the
battery during the remainder of the cycle. During this same period, C6147 gets discharged through the anode
of the PUT. The point at which the triggering occurs is determined by how fast C6147 becomes charged to the
reference voltage of about 4.5 V and the charging speed is determined by the average current to the battery.
Because the charge current and load currents are in the form of pulses, averaging (integration) is
performed at the output of operational amplifier U6138 by a 15 µF capacitor C6233. Zener diode VR6134
provides protection in case the battery pack is removed and the line cord is plugged into a line-voltage source.
Battery pack BT0369 consists of nine nickel-cadmium C cells.

NOTE
For proper operation, the battery pack must be in place at all
times during operation of the instrument.

DC Voltage Converter. The controllable oscillator is an astable multivibrator (Q6458 and Q6445). Its
output voltage is high for 8 us and low during the remainder of the period. The 8 µs period is set by C6551 and
R6545 in parallel with R6449 and R6457. The low voltage duration at the output is controlled by the primary
regulation voltage of Q6552, R6454, and C6451. Diode CR6452, R6451, and R6453 protect against base-
emitter reverse breakdown voltage.
REV C FEB 1980
3-10
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P
The output of the astable multivibrator is connected to the fly-back switching circuitry consisting of Q6349
(an emitter follower) and Q6435 (a high current switch). Q6435 conducts when the output of the multivibrator is
high, so a magnetic field builds up in fly-back transformer T6535 by way of windings 5-6 during the 8p s period.
When Q6435 turns off, the field collapses and the stored energy is transferred to the secondary windings.
Diodes CR6347, CR6441 and CR6442 prevent Q6435 from saturating, causing the switch-off time to be faster.
To reduce the base drive energy, a voltage source that is lower than the battery pack is used. This is supplied
from terminal 3 of T6535.
The +25 V (pre-regulated) supply is used to control the primary regulation. (It is also used for the high
voltage circuitry.) A voltage tap is provided by way of R6358 and Q6357 to create 9.7 V as a reference voltage
for the primary regulator network. This voltage is compared against the combined voltage of 9.1 V zener diode
VR6459 and the base-emitter junction of Q6557. Depending on the voltage level of the 25 volt supply, Q6557
increases or decreases conduction. The amplified collector voltage is fed to astable multivibrator Q6458 and
Q6445 by way of emitter-follower Q6552. This controls the low voltage output duration of the astable
multivibrator.
Anti-Deep-Discharge Circuit. The Anti-Deep Discharge circuit prevents the battery pack from going into
deep discharge, which could permanently damage the batteries. Q6549 and Q6547 are connected as an SCR
network. When fired, both transistors fully conduct, which forces the collector of Q6557 to ground. This
removes all the input voltage to the input of the astable multivibrator, which turns it off and disables the dc
voltage converter.
The SCR network can be triggered when Q6548 conducts. This happens when the battery voltage drops
below 10 volts. The +25 V and +10 V power supplies are used as reference voltages by way of R6549,
CR6546, and R6539. To reset this SCR network, the battery voltage must be removed by turning off the front
panel POWER switch. The batteries must be charged or replaced (unless ac power is to be used) before
further operation of the instrument.
Voltage Regulators. The +165 V, +100 V, +8 V, and -8 V supplies are not individually adjustable. R6358
is used to adjust the +25 V supply to the correct output voltage. The +10 V regulator provides a 10 volt
reference for the +5 V and -5 V regulators.
The 5.1 V zener diode, VR7417, is used in a bridge configuration to provide a reference voltage for the +10
V supply. R6518, R6513, R6413, and R6514 are part of this bridge network. The bridge outputs are fed into
operational amplifier U6515, which drives series regulator Q6427. Zener diode VR6419 is used as a start-up
circuit. Capacitor C6416 provides additional power supply filtering. In order to reduce the energy or power
losses, Q6427 has only a 2 volt collector-to-emitter drop.
Q6331 is the series regulator for the +5 V power supply. The +5 V is referenced against the +10 V with
operational amplifier U6236. The output of U6326 drives the series regulator in an emitter-follower mode.
The -5 V power supply uses Q6227 as a series regulator. U6222 is used as a controlled current source and
the minus voltage connection (VEE) is connected to the base of the series regulator. The standing amplifier
current is shunted by R6222 and only the load fluctuations are used to control Q6227. R6223 is a current
limiter.
Control Logic (Schematic 5)
The Logic board is only used with the TEKTRONIX Y-T Chart Recorder. This board can be removed
without affecting the operation of the 1502. However, if this board is removed, the RECORD switch would
have to be connected to the Vertical board by connecting the cable from the RECORD switch to P28 on the
Vertical board.
The Logic board consists of pulse shaper, U5166A, U5166B, U5166C, and U5166D; binary counter U5147;
a horizontal correction network; Chart Recorder Logic for controlling the paper drive motor; sytlus heat; a Chart
Recorder power switch; and an anti-bounce record circuit. See Fig. 3-7 on Chart Recorder Logic.
Pulse Shaper. The Pulse Shaper is made up of U5166A, U5166B, U5166C and U5166D. When the paper
is moving, a square wave signal (CHART SPEED SENS) is generated by the holes in the paper passing
between a light-emitting diode and a photo-sensitive transistor. The resultant pulses are shaped to a clean
square wave by a Schmitt trigger circuit, U5166B and U5166C. The output signal is capacitor-coupled by
C5167 to one-shot multivibrator U5166A and U5166D. This one-shot produces an output signal at TP5145
(violet test point) which is a positive going pulse approximately 10 ms wide. This (clock) pulse is connected to
binary counter U5147; and to the end of the paper-sensitizer network, R5148.
Counter. The 7-stage binary counter is integrated circuit U5147. The binary outputs are connected to a
resistor ladder network, which forms a digital-to-analog converter. Outputs Q1 and Q7 are connected to AND
gate U5252B so that it recognizes the count number 65. Q2 clocks multivibrator U5127B at count 2. (The
signal from U5127B starts the slow ramp.)

REV B FEB 1980

3-11
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P

Figure 3-7. Chart Recorder Logic.

Horizontal Correction Network. The Horizontal Correction network compares the output of the digital-to-
analog converter U5147 with the inverted slow ramp signal. U5227 inverts the slow ramp signal. The digital-to-
analog output and inverted slow ramp signal are connected to inverting amplifier U5117, which performs
summation and amplification simultaneously. This signal is fed to the Slow Ramp Generator by way of R5118
and will speed up or slow down the Slow Ramp Generator to synchronize it with the paper speed of the Strip
Chart Recorder.

Chart Recorder Logic. The logic control signal that is received through pin 2 of P53 is shaped into a
narrow impulse (negative going) by U5156B and U5156C. This impulse occurs at the trailing edge of the logic
control signal and latches bi-stable multivibrator U5252A and U5252C. Pin 9 of U5252A goes positive and
turns on Q5266, which pulls the motor control line to ground, causing the paper drive motor to start rotating.
The paper drive motor turns off at count 65 by U5252B. A second signal is capable of turning the motor off.
This occurs when the end of the paper is reached and the output from the pulse shaper is stopped. This causes
C5249 to discharge and unlatch the multivibrator.

The multivibrator is initally latched when the inverted control signal from pin 4 of U5156B charges C5249.
The impulse from pulse shaper U5166A and U5166D keeps C5249 charged. The multivibrator latch (output of
pin 10) disables the reset of the counter and turns Q5144 on. This locks out the logic control input line.

Stylus heat control comes from Q5239, which is turned on by flip-flop U5127A. This flip-flop is energized
by PEN LIFT signal from the Vertical board. The RETRACE signal turns the stylus heat off. This signal brings
the flip-flop back to its original state (where pin 1 is low). The "Q" output also controls the chart pen motor
power switch as well as providing the "J" input to flip-flop U5127B.

U5127 controls the start of the Slow Ramp Generator and controls the horizontal correction signal disable
network (Q5112). The Slow Ramp Generator starts when Q2 of the Counter goes high. The output "Q" of
U5127A resets U5127B to allow the Slow Ramp Generator to return to its original mode. The horizontal
correction disable network Q5112 is controlled by the signal from pin 14 of U5127B, through Q5114.

REV A FEB 1980

3-12
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P

Q5226 will conduct only when the Strip Chart Recorder is plugged in. Q5237 and Q5229 act as a dc level
shift amplifier between flip-flop U5127B and the Slow Ramp Generator, which is on the Vertical board.

Chart Recorder Power Switch. The plus or minus 8 volts to drive the stylus movement is applied to the
Strip Chart Recorder through two electronic switches, Q5273 and Q5277. Q5179 parallels Q5273 to provide
more current in the +8 V line, These switches are driven by the same signal that is used to control stylus heat
switch Q5239. This signal is passed through Q5173 and. Q5279 to the switches.

Anti-Bounce Record. This circuit, consisting of U5156A and Q5156D, removes switching transients from
the RECORD switch. The output of this circuit goes to the Vertical board to control the X-Y Record Logic. The
Record Logic in turn provides the logic control signal that is received through pin 2 of P53 on the Logic board.
If the Logic board is removed from the TDR unit, the harmonica connector from the RECORD switch should be
connected to P28 on the Vertical board.

X-Y Output Module (Schematic 7)

The X-Y Output Module provides an electrical interface between the 1502 and an external X-Y Chart
Recorder. Three signals, PEN LIFT, X Output, and Y Output are provided for use by the external Chart
Recorder. The switching mechanisms for the outputs are solid state devices, therefore care should be taken
when connecting loads to them. See the specification listed in the Specification section of this manual.

Pen Lift. The Pen Lift signal level changes when the RECORD switch is activated. The normal level is
either 0.0 V ±0.5 V or 5 V +0 or -1 V, depending on how the terminal link of the X-Y Output Module board is
connected (positive or negative slope, see Fig. 3-8). When the RECORD switch is activated, the level will
change from 0 V to 5 V or from 5 V to 0 V. The driving capability of this signal source is given in the
Specification section of this manual.

Figure 3-8. X-Y Output Module Strap.

Diode CR7247 is used to clamp the negative voltage swing to -0.6 V. Q7242 provides the capabilities for
the operation of units with a positive pen lift or a ground return path.

X Output. The X output is directly proportional to the horizontal position of the crt beam along the crt face.
This signal is a ramp of approximately 20 seconds duration and raises at a rate of 0.1 V for each division of
horizontal travel across the crt. This 0.1 V per division scale factor is set by a voltage divider network
comprised of R7138, R7129 and R7122. C7132 is used to reduce noise. Source impedance is less than 13 K
(9.4 K minimum).

Y Output. The Y output is directly proportional to the vertical deflection on the crt. The scale factor (volts
output per division of crt deflection) is adjustable, from 0.09 V per division to 0.13 V per division (factory set for
0.1 V/div), by variable resistor R7225. The source impedance of this signal is less than 11 kΩ (8 kΩ minimum)
and is determined by R7234, R7224 and R7225. C7232 is used to reduce noise.

REV A FEB 1980

3-13/(3-14 blank)
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P

CALIBRATION PROCEDURE

The first part of this procedure checks the electrical characteristics of the 1502 that appear in the
Specification section of this manual. This procedure can also be used by an incoming inspection facility to
determine acceptability of performance. The second part of this section contains a detailed adjustment
procedure.

It is recommended that these elementary checks be performed before those in the DETAILED CHECKS
AND ADJUSTMENTS section; these checks will identify most conditions calling for troubleshooting and repair.
To aid in troubleshooting, the probable problem area(s) are given after each applicable step. Refer to the Block
Diagram and Schematics in Section 8 as an aid in locating components, test points and circuits.

Table 4-1.
TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIRED

Performance
Description Requirement Application Example
Precision 50 Ω Cable (2) Known length and Timing Tektronix part
impedance number 012-0482-00
Precision 50 Ω Known impedance Gain and impedance Tektronix part
Terminator checks number 011-0123-00
BNC female-to-female Calibration Tektronix part
adapter number 103-0028-00
BNC male-to-probe Calibration Tektronix part
adapter number 013-0130-00
BNC-to-GR adapter Known impedance Calibration/Performance Tektronix part
Check number 017-0064-00
GR short Low inductance Calibration/Performance Tektronix part
Check number 017-0087-00
Power Module Calibration TEKTRONIX TM 503
Power Module
Digital Multimeter 0-200 V dc Calibration TEKTRONIX DM 501
Time Mark Generator 5 µs to 10 µs markers Calibration TEKTRONIX TG 501
Pulse Generator 50 µs period Calibration TEKTRONIX PG 502
2.5 µs pulse
Var dc level
5 V pulse
1 X Probe Calibration TEKTRONIX P6101

REV B FEB 1980

4-1
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P
Performance Check
1. Make sure the battery pack is in place and connect the unit to the proper AC power source.
2. Pull the POWER switch to turn the unit on. The BATTERY meter will indicate the relative level of charge
on the battery pack. If the battery pack is fully charged (charged for 16 hours), the BATTERY meter needle will
be approximately at the top mark on the meter.
Performance Checks-Standard Version (See Step 31 for Option 5, Metric Version)
3. Set the front panel controls as follows:
INTENSITY Fully cw
ZERO REF Fully cw
POSITION Midrange
mp/DIV 500
DISTANCE 000
NOISE FILTER Out
FEET/DIV 200
MULTIPLIER X1
CABLE DIELECTRIC
SOLID POLY In
SOLID PTFE Out
Other Out
VAR Fully cw

4. Connect the probe adapter to the CABLE connector if the connector is the grounding type (grounded
CABLE connector used SN B040616 and up). Preset the POSITION and GAIN controls so the trace is on
screen and the amplitude is approximately 4 divisions. Adjust the FOCUS AND INTENSITY controls for a
clear, bright trace.
5. Adjust the GAIN control so that the total amplitude of the display is exactly 4 divisions. (If unable to
adjust the GAIN control properly, check the Gain Amplifier or Vertical Amplifier Circuits.)
6. Change the FEET/DIV control to 2 and the MULTIPLIER to X.1.
7. Turn the ZERO REF SET control counterclockwise to locate the pulse at center screen. Check for
correct waveform as shown in Fig. 4-1a. (If the display is not correct, check the sampling circuitry, avalanche
and Snap-off adjustments.) See adjustment procedure for case removal instructions.
8. Remove the probe adapter and connect the precision 50 Ω terminator (Tektronix Part No. 011-0123-
00) to the CABLE connector. Turn the GAIN control fully counterclockwise and note the amplitude of the pulse.
Turn the GAIN control fully clockwise. The amplitude should be 3.5 times greater than the amplitude with the
GAIN control fully counterclockwise. (Adjust the POSITION control as necessary.)
9. Set the mp/DIV control to200, the FEET/DIV control to 20 and the MULTIPLIER control to X1.
10. Adjust the ZERO REF SET control so that the pulse is at the center of the screen. Adjust the GAIN
control for exactly 5 divisions of amplitude.

Figure 4-1. Pulse Display.

REV B FEB 1980
4-2
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P
Performance Check

11. Remove the 50 Ω terminator and connect the probe adapter to the CABLE connector (SN B040616 and
up). Change the mp/DIV control to 500. The amplitude of the pulse must be 4 divisions ± 0.12 division. If not,
the Vertical Amplifier circuit or Sampling circuit should be checked.
12. Set the FEET/DIV control to 1 and adjust the ZERO REF SET control so the leading edge of the
incident pulse is set on the vertical centerline.
13. Change the MULTIPLIER control to X.1. The leading edge of the incident pulse must be within 1
division of the vertical centerline. (If not, check the X.1 Position calibration (R1132), the Sampler Comparator,
or the Pulser Comparator.)
14. Attach the precision 50 Ω cable (Tektronix Part No. 012-0482-00) to the CABLE connector and change
the FEET/DIV control to 5. Adjust the ZERO REF SET control to locate the incident pulse on the graticule
reference line (as indicated by the arrow on the graticule line). The reflected pulse should be 6.3 divisions to
the right of the incident pulse ( 1 minor division).
15. Adjust the DISTANCE dial until the reflected pulse is located on the graticule reference line. The
DISTANCE dial should read 031.5 1 digit.
NOTE
When using the more sensitive ranges of the FEET/DIV control, the 0.3 foot
between the CABLE connector and the Sampler must be taken into
consideration or measurements will appear to be 0.3 feet too long.
Push the ZERO REF CHECK button; the incident pulse should return to the graticule reference line. If the
incident pulse does not return to the graticule reference line, adjust the ZERO REF SET control so that the
incident pulse is located on the graticule reference line. Release the ZERO, REF CHECK control and check
that the reflected pulse is located on the graticule reference line. Adjust the DISTANCE dial if necessary; it
must remain at 031.5 1 digit. (If the DISTANCE dial reading is incorrect or the ZERO REF CHECK control
does not work properly, check the Distance Offset, Fast Ramp, and Pulse Comparator circuitry.) Return the
DISTANCE dial to 000.
NOTE
To more accurately check the DISTANCE dial, a known length of Solid
Polyethylene (Vp = 0.66) cable (1000 to 1600 feet) should be used.
16. Change the FEET/DIV control to 20, the MULTIPLIER control to X1, and the mp/DIV control to 200.
Adjust the ZERO REF SET control so that the reflected pulse is located exactly on the 8th graticule line from
the left-hand edge of the graticule.
17. Adjust the DISTANCE dial to locate the reflected pulse on each graticule line. The DISTANCE dial
should read as follows: (If not, check the Distance Offset, Fast Ramp circuitry, and Sweep Inverter.)
Graticule Line Distance Dial Reading
8 000
7 020 0.9
6 040 1.3
5 060 1.7
4 080 2.1
3 100 2.5
2 120 2.9
1 140 3.3
0 160 3.7
18. Return the DISTANCE dial to 000, change the MULTIPLIER control to X.1 and repeat the above step.
19. Push the SOLID PTFE button in, do not readjust the ZERO REF SET control and adjust the DISTANCE
dial so that the reflected pulse is located on the 0 graticule line. The DISTANCE dial should read between
164.1 and 171.9. Push in the OTHER button (VAR control must be fully cw) and locate the reflected pulse on
the 0 graticule line with the DISTANCE dial. The DISTANCE dial should read between 234.7 and 245.3. (If
not, check the Sweep Inverter circuit.) Return the DISTANCE dial - to 000 when this step is completed.
20. Change the FEET/DIV control to 1, the MULTI PLIER control to X1, disconnect the precision 50 Ω
cable from the CABLE connector, and connect the precision 50 Ω terminator to the CABLE connector. Adjust
the ZERO REF SET control to locate the pulse on the graticule center. Adjust the POSITION control to center
the pulse on the graticule.
REV SEP 1983
4-3
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P
Performance Check
21. Check that the jitter is not greater than 0.1 division (200 ps). See Fig. 4-2.
22. Change the MULTIPLIER control to X.1 and adjust the ZERO REF SET control to locate the pulse on
the graticule center. Check that the jitter is not greater than 0.2 division (40 ps). (If jitter is not correct, the
tunnel diode, CR1703, or Pulse Generator circuitry may be faulty, or the problem could be due to noise from
the Sweep Inverter or the Fast Ramp.)
23. Change the mp/DIV control to 50, and turn the POSITION control counterclockwise to display the top of
the trace on the graticule, then with the DISTANCE control set to 000 adjust the ZERO REF SET control to
locate the pulse on the reference graticule line.
24. Set the DISTANCE control to 500 and adjust the POSITION controls to center the trace on the
graticule, then return the DISTANCE dial to 000.
25. While viewing the trace, adjust the DISTANCE dial from 000 to 100. The trace aberrations must
remain within 1 division of the centerline ( 5% peak aberrations for the first 10 feet). See Fig. 4-3.
26. Change the mp/DIV control to 5, set the DISTANCE dial to 500, recenter the trace, then return the
DISTANCE dial to 100.
27. While viewing the trace, adjust the DISTANCE dial from 100 to 999. The trace aberrations must
remain within 1 division of the centerline ( 0.5% peak beyond 10 feet).
28. Return the DISTANCE dial to 100 and push the NOISE FILTER button in. While viewing the trace,
adjust the DISTANCE dial from 100 to 999. The trace aberrations will typically be less than was observed in
the previous step. If there is a problem with aberrations or noise, Sampling Gate diode CR1732, tunnel diode
CR1703, or Lo Freq Comp R1657 are likely causes.
29. Release the NOISE FILTER button, return the DISTANCE dial to 000, and set the mp/DIV control to
200.
30. Remove the 50 Ω terminator from the CABLE connector. Install the GR to bnc adapter and the GR
short. Check that the reflected rise time of the pulse (fall time) is <0.7 divisions. (140 ps.)
The bnc shorted input is inductive and is not adequate for the reflected rise time (fall time) measurement.

Performance Checks-Option 5, Metric Version (Continue with Stop 59 for Standard Version)
31. Set the front panel controls as follows:
INTENSITY Fully cw
ZERO REF Fully cw
POSITION Midrange
mp/DIV 500
DISTANCE 000
NOISE FILTER Out
METRES/DIV 50
X1/X.1 X1
CABLE DIELECTRIC
SOLID POLY In
SOLID PTFE Out
Other Out
VAR Fully cw

Figure 4-2. Jitter Check. Figure 4-3. Aberration Check.

REV JUL 1982

4-4
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P
Performance Check

Figure 4-4. Falltime.

32. Connect the probe adapter to the CABLE connector if the connector is the grounding type (grounded
CABLE connector used SN B040616 and up). Preset the POSITION and GAIN controls so the trace is on
screen and the amplitude is approximately 4 divisions. Adjust the FOCUS and INTENSITY controls for a clear
bright trace.
33. Adjust the GAIN control so that the total amplitude of the display is exactly 4 divisions. (If unable to
adjust the GAIN control properly, check the Gain Amplifier or Vertical Amplifier circuits.)
34. Change the METRES/DIV control to .5 and the MULTIPLIER control to X.1.
35. Turn the ZERO REF SET control counterclockwise to locate the pulse at center screen. Check for
correct waveform as shown in Fig. 4-1c. (If display is not correct, check the sampling circuitry, avalanche and
Snap-off adjustments.)
36. Remove the probe adapter and connect the precision 50 Ω terminator (Tektronix Part No. 011-0123-00)
to the CABLE connector. Turn the GAIN control fully counterclockwise and note the amplitude of the pulse.
Turn the GAIN control fully clockwise; the amplitude should be 3.5 times greater than the amplitude with the
GAIN control counterclockwise. (Adjust the POSITION control as necessary.)
37. Set the mp/DIV control to 200, the METRES/DIV control to 5, and the MULTIPLIER control to X.1.
38. Adjust the ZERO REF SET control so that the pulse is at the center of the screen. Adjust the GAIN
control for exactly 5 divisions of amplitude.
39. Remove the 50 Ω terminator and connect the probe adapter to the CABLE connector (SN B040616 and
up). Change the mp/DIV control to 500. The amplitude of the pulse must be 4 divisions 0.12 divisions (±0.6
minor division). If not, the Vertical Amplifier circuit or Sampling circuit should be checked.
40. Set the METRES/DIV control to .25 and adjust the ZERO REF SET control so the leading edge of the
incident pulse is set on the vertical centerline.
41. Change the MULTIPLIER control to X.1. The leading edge of the incident pulse must be within 1
division of the vertical centerline. (If not, check the X.1 Position calibration (R1 132), the Sampler Comparator,
or the Pulser Comparator.)
42. Attach the precision 50 Ω cable (Tektronix Part No. 012-0482-00) to the CABLE connector and change
the MULTIPLIER control to X1. Adjust the ZERO REF SET control to locate the incident pulse on the graticule
reference line. The reflected pulse should be 3.66 divisions to the right of the incident pulse ( 1 minor
division).
43. Change the MULTIPLIER control to X.1 and adjust the DISTANCE dial until the reflected pulse is
located on the graticule reference line. The DISTANCE dial should read 009.2 1.0 digit. Press the ZERO
REF CHECK button; the incident pulse should return to the graticule reference line. If the incident pulse does
not return to the graticule reference line, adjust the ZERO REF SET control so that the incident pulse is located
on the graticule reference line. Release the ZERO REF CHECK button and check that the reflected pulse is
located on the graticule reference line (adjust the DISTANCE dial if necessary; it must remain at 009.2 1.0
digit). If the DISTANCE dial reading is incorrect or the ZERO REF CHECK control does not work properly,
check Distance Offset, Fast Ramp, and Pulser Comparator circuitry. Return the DISTANCE dial to 000.

NOTE
To more accurately check the DISTANCE dial, a known length of Solid
Polyethylene (VP = 0.66) cable (up to 1500 feet) should be used.

44. Change the METRES/DIV control to 5, the MULTIPLIER control to X1 and the mp/DIV control to 200.
Adjust the ZERO REF SET control so that the reflected pulse is located exactly on the 8th graticule line from
the left-hand edge of the graticule.
REV B FEB 1980
4-5
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P
Adjustment Procedure
45. Adjust the DISTANCE dial to locate the reflected pulse on each graticule line. The DISTANCE dial
should read as follows: (If not, check the Distance Offset, Fast Ramp circuitry, and Sweep Inverter.)
Graticule Line Distance Dial Reading
8 000
7 005 0.6
6 010 0.7
5 015 ± 0.8
4 020 0.9
3 025 1.0
2 030 1.1
1 035 1.2
0 040 1.3
46. Return the DISTANCE dial to 000, change the MULTIPLIER control to X.1 and repeat the above step.
47. Push the SOLID PTFE button in and adjust the DISTANCE dial so that the reflected pulse is located on
the 0 graticule line. The DISTANCE should read between 40.7 and 43.3. Push in the OTHER button (VAR
control must be fully cw) and locate the reflected pulse on the 0 graticule line with the DISTANCE dial. The dial
should read between 58.3 and 61.7. (If not, check the Sweep Inverter circuit.) Return the DISTANCE dial to
000 when this step is completed.
48. Change the METRES/DIV control to .25, the MUTLIPLIER control to X1, disconnect the precision 50 Ω
cable from the CABLE connector, and connect the precision 50 Ω terminator to the CABLE connector. Adjust
the ZERO REF SET control to locate the pulse at the graticule center. Adjust the POSITION control to center
the pulse on the graticule.
49. Check that the jitter is not greater than 0.1 division (200 ps). See Fig. 4-2.
50. Change the MULTIPLIER control to X.1 and adjust the ZERO REF SET control to locate the pulse at
the graticule center. Check that the jitter is not greater than 0.2 division (40 ps). (If jitter is not correct, the
tunnel diode, CR1703, or Pulse Generator circuitry may be faulty or the problem could be due to noise from the
Sweep Inverter or the Fast Ramp.)
51. Change the mp/DIV control to 50 and turn the POSITION control counterclockwise to bring the top of
the trace on the graticule, then adjust the ZERO REF SET control to locate the pulse on the reference graticule
line.
52. Set the DISTANCE control to 250 and adjust the POSITION controls to center the trace on the
graticule; then return the DISTANCE dial to 000.
53. While viewing the trace, adjust the DISTANCE dial from 000 to 050. The trace aberrations must
remain within 1 division of the centerline (± 5% peak aberrations for first 3 metres.) See Fig. 4-3.
54. Change the mp/DIV control to 5, set the DISTANCE dial to 250, and recenter the trace; then return the
DISTANCE dial to 050.
55. While viewing the trace, adjust the DISTANCE dial from 050 to 250. The trace aberrations must
remain within 1 division of the centerline ( 0.5% peak beyond 10 feet).
56. Return the DISTANCE dial to 050 and push the NOISE FILTER button in. While viewing the trace,
adjust the DISTANCE dial from 050 to 250. The trace aberrations will typically be less than was observed in
the previous step. If there is a problem with aberrations or noise, Sampling Gate diode CR1732, tunnel diode
CR1703, or Lo Freq Comp R1657 are likely causes.
57. Release the NOISE FILTER button, return the DISTANCE dial to 000, and set the mp/DIV control to
200.
58. Remove the 50 Ω terminator from the CABLE connector. Install the GR to bnc adapter and the GR
short. Check that the reflected rise time of the pulse (fall time) is 40.875 divisions. See Fig. 4-4.

DETAILED CHECKS AND ADJUSTMENTS

This section gives the procedure for adjusting a 1502. Instructions are included for making each internal
electrical adjustment. Adjustment instructions should be ignored when the procedure is being used only to
determine whether there is a need for repair or adjustment. The Tektronix X-Y OUTPUT MODULE is covered
in this procedure.
Preliminary Procedure
1. Remove the battery pack from the rear of the 1502 case. Remove the front cover of the 1502.
2. Loosen the 4 screws at the rear of the case and set the unit face up. Push down on the handle to break
the seal; then place the instrument face down on a flat surface. Take hold of the sides of the case and
pull free.
REV SEP 1983
4-6
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P
Adjustment Procedure
3. Remove the EMI shields from the top and bottom of the unit. Place the battery pack in the rear of the
1502, taking care that the polarity is correct. Connect the ac power cord to the ac outlet, at the rear of the unit,
and to a 115 Vac (230 Vac for Option 6) power source.
4. Pull the POWER switch to turn the unit on and allow 20 minutes warm-up before proceeding with the
calibration.
5. Preset the front panel controls as follows:
INTENSITY Fully cw
ZERO REF SET Fully cw
POSITION Midrange
mp/DIV 500
NOISE FILTER Out
GAIN Fully ccw
DISTANCE Dial 000
FEET/DIV (METRES/DIV) 200 (50) (FIND)
MULTIPLIER X1
FOCUS Adjust for a sharp trace
CABLE DIELECTRIC
SOLID POLY In
SOLID PTFE Out
Other Out
VAR Fully cw
6. Place the DM 501 Digital Multimeter in the TM 503 Power Module. Plug in the TM 503 to an ac power
source and pull the PWR switch on.
7. Set the DM 501 RANGE/FUNCTION control to 200 DC VOLTS. Connect the test leads to the HI and
LO INPUT terminals.
Power Supply Checks
The power supply voltages of the 1502 should be checked before any internal adjustments are made.
Power supply checks are not to be considered performance checks. The location of the test points and
adjustments are shown in Fig. 4-5. Measure the supply voltages with the DM 501.
Voltage Measurements
8. Connect the lead from the DM 501 LO terminal to TP6332 (GND, black test point) on the 1502 Power
Supply board.
9. Connect the lead from the DM 501 HI terminal to TP6256 (red test point).
10. Adjust R6358 (HV ADJ) so the voltmeter reads +25 V ±0.25 V.
11. Move the test lead from TP6256 to TP6411 (violet test point).
12. Change the DM 501 RANGE/FUNCTION switch to 20 Vdc.
13. Adjust R6514 (+10 ADJ) so the voltmeter reads +10 V, ±0.1 V.
14. Move the test lead from TP6411 to TP6227 (green test point) and check that the voltmeter reads +5 V
±0.25 V.
15. Move the test lead from TP6227 to TP6218 (orange test point) and check that the voltmeter reads -5V
±0.25 V.
16. Change the DM 501 RANGE/FUNCTION switch to 200 Vdc.
17. Move the test lead to connector P65 Pin 6 (see Fig. 4-6) and check that the voltmeter reads +100 V
(+20 V, -5 V).
18. Move the test lead to P65 Pin 7 and check that the voltmeter reads +165 V (+25 V, -5 V).
CRT Adjustments
19. Turn the 1502 upside down on the bench.
20. Attach the precision 50 Ω cable to the CABLE output.
21. Check-for a step pulse on the crt.
22. Adjust-TD BIAS (R1692) control fully counterclockwise and adjust AVAL VOLT (R1525), LOOP GAIN
(R1543), and SNAP-OFF (R1538) until a pulse appears. This is a rough setting of these controls. Finer
adjustments will be done later.
Trace Focus and Astigmatism
23. Set the FEET/DIV (METRES/DIV) to 2 (.5) with the MULTIPLIER control to X.1.

REV D JUL 1980

4-7
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P
Adjustment Procedure

Figure 4-5. Power Supply Test Points And Adjustments.

24 (a). Locate the pulse with the ZERO REF control at the center of the graticule.
(b). Adjust-INTENSITY LIMIT (R4222) for 100 mVdc reading at test point TP4243 to gnd
(option 1: 60 mV). The adjustment is made through the hole near Q6427 on the power supply
board (see Fig. 4-6).
25. Set the front panel FOCUS control for the clearest possible trace.
26. Adjust-R3242 (AST) located on the OUTPUT AMPS board, and the front panel FOCUS control until the
clearest possible trace, both vertically and horizontally, is obtained.
27. Remove the precision 50 Ω cable.

Trace Rotation
28. Set the mp/DIV control to 200.
29. Turn the ZERO REF SET fully clockwise and adjust the POSITION controls so that the trace is located
on the horizontal centerline.
30. Check-that the trace aligns with the horizontal centerline.
31. Adjust-R3143 (ROT) located on the OUTPUT AMPS board, so that the trace aligns with the horizontal
centerline.

Trace Geometry
32. Move the trace with the POSITION control so that it is located 3 divisions below the horizontal
centerline.
33. Check-that the trace aligns with the graticule line within 0.1 division.
34. Move the trace with the POSITION controls so that it is located 3 divisions above the horizontal
centerline.

REV B FEB 1980

4-8
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P
Adjustment Procedure

Figure 4-6. Main Board Test Points.

35. Check-that the trace aligns with the graticule line within 0.1 division.
36. Adjust-R3248 (GEO) located on the OUTPUT AMPS board, for the least bow in the two positions; 3
divisions above and 3 divisions below the horizontal centerline.
37. Recheck the trace rotation and focus.

HORIZONTAL CHECKS AND ADJUSTMENTS-STANDARD VERSION

(See Step 62 for Option 5, Metric Version)
Horizontal Gain Presets

NOTE
If the unit is only being checked and not calibrated, or if the unit is to be used
with the optional chart recorder, do not perform the following Horizontal Gain
Presets procedure. Instead, turn to the standard version Timing procedure
beginning with step 43.

38. Set the mp/DIV control to 500.

39. Use the POSITION controls to center the trace on the graticule.
40. Set R3217 HORIZ GAIN (located on the OUTPUT AMPS board) to the counterclockwise stop.
41. Adjust-R3213 H POS (located on the OUTPUT AMPS board) to center the trace on the graticule.
42. Adjust-R3217 HORIZ GAIN so that the retrace at the start of the sweep is just off the graticule area and
the trace covers all 10 divisions of the graticule.

NOTE
Once the horizontal gain has been set, do not change it (Timing, standard
version; for metric version Timing, proceed to step 62).

Timing
43. Connect the Marker Out of the TG 501 through a coaxial cable and a 10X attenuator to the CABLE
connector of the 1502; also, connect a coaxial cable from the TG 501 + Trigger Out to the PG 502
Trig/Duration Input.

REV B FEB 1980

4-9
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P
Adjustment Procedure
Turn the instrument POWER off. Turn the instrument upside down and remove the shield that covers the
pulser/sampler circuitry (remove 12 screws). Remove U1575 from its socket. In the following steps,
instructions are given on how to provide an external trigger to the 1502 (see Fig. 4-6).
44. Set the 1502 controls as follows:
mp/DIV 200
FEET/DIV 100 @ X1
DIELECTRIC AIR (all buttons out)
DISTANCE 000
45. Set the PG 502 Pulse Generator controls as follows for a generator output pulse as shown in Fig. 4-7.
Duration 50,µs
Variable Duration Fully ccw
Period Ext Trig
Low Level -1.5
High Level 2.0
Back Term Pull Out
All pushbuttons Out
Figure 4-7. Pulse Generator Output.
46. Set the TG 501 Time Mark Generator for 0.2µs time marks. Connect a 1X probe from the PG 502
Output to the Red test point located near U1575. Turn the instrument POWER on.
NOTE
The time marks must not exceed 0.85 V to keep the tunnel
diode in the low state.
47 (a). Obtain a waveform on the 1502 crt similar to the one shown in Fig. 4-8. Use the variable pulse
amplitude control of the PG 502 and the DISTANCE control of the 1502 to align the second time mark with the
second graticule line.
NOTE
If the instrument is to be used with the optional chart recorder,
continue with the remainder of this step. If the instrument is not
to be used with- a chart recorder, proceed with step 48.

Figure 4-8. Time Marks Aligned (Standard).

(b). Check that the chart paper in the recorder has a bold line next to the hole in the paper that shows a
red line through the hole. If the red line is not aligned with a bold line on the chart paper, pull enough chart
paper through the recorder to line them up.
(c). Press the RECORD switch to obtain a recording of the time marks. The recording should show the
same timing as seen on the crt between the second and tenth graticule lines ±2%.
(d). Adjust-R3213 (H POS) and R3217 (HORIZ GAIN), located on the OUTPUT AMPS board, to match
the timing and position of the time marks on the crt to the chart recording.
48 (a). Adjust-R1435 (FT/DIV CAL) so the eleventh time mark is 0.2 division to the left of the eleventh
graticule line. Keep the first time mark aligned with the first graticule line with the DISTANCE control.
(b). Set the FEET/DIV control to 50, set the TG 501 to .1 ps and check that when the first time mark is
aligned with the first graticule line, the eleventh time mark is 0 to 0.4 division to the left of the eleventh graticule
line.
(c). Set the FEET/DIV to 20, set the TG 501 to 50 ns and check that when the first time mark is aligned
with the first graticule line, the ninth time mark is O to 0.4 division to the left of the eleventh graticule line.
(d). Set the FEET/DIV to 10, set the TG 501 to 20 ns and check that when the first time mark is aligned
with the first graticule line, the eleventh time mark is 0 to 0.4 division to the left of the eleventh graticule line.

REV B FEB 1980

4-10
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P
Adjustment Procedure

(e). Set the FEET/DIV to 5, set the TG 501 to 10 ns and check that when the first time mark is aligned
with the first graticule line, the eleventh time mark is 0 to 0.4 division to the left of the eleventh graticule line.
(f). Set the FEET/DIV to 2 and check that when the first time mark is aligned with the first graticule
line, the fifth time mark is 0 to 0.4 division to the left of the eleventh graticule line.
NOTE
The timing gets difficult to read because of noise at these sensitivities.
Try pressing the NOISE FILTER button to aid resolution.
(g). Set the FEET/DIV to 1 and check that when the first time mark is aligned with the first graticule
line, the third time mark is 0 to 0.4 division to the left of the eleventh graticule line.
(h). Release the NOISE FILTER button if it is pushed in.
(i). Set the FEET/DIV to 100, set the FEET/DIV multiplier to X.1, and set the TG 501 to 20 ns. Check
that when the first time mark is aligned with the first graticule line, the eleventh time mark is 0 to 0.4 division to
the left of the eleventh graticule line.
49. Adjust-C1332 (X.1 CAL) located on the MAIN board, so the eleventh time mark is 0.2 division to the left
of the eleventh graticule line when the first time mark is aligned with the first graticule line.
50. (a). Set the FEET/DIV to 200, set the TG 501 to 50 ns and check that when the first time mark is
aligned with the first graticule line, the ninth time mark is O to 0.4 division to the left of the eleventh graticule
line. Move the time marks by slight adjustment of the PG 502 Output (Volts).
(b). Set the FEET/DIV to 100 and set the TG 501 to .1 µs. Turn the DISTANCE dial fully
counterclockwise. Use the PG 502 Output (Volts) knob to set a time mark directly on a graticule line. Turn the
DISTANCE dial clockwise until the second time mark lines up with the same graticule line.
(c). Check-that the DISTANCE dial reads between 48.0 to 50.0 (480 to 500 X 0.1 ft). Alternately push
and release the ZERO REF CHECK button to make sure that the time marks are lined up on each other.
51. (a). Set the DISTANCE dial to 49.0 (490 X 0.1 ft).
(b). Adjust-R1315 (DISTANCE CAL) located on the MAIN board, for no movement of one time mark
while alternately pressing and releasing the ZERO REF CHECK button.
52. (a). Set the FEET/DIV multiplier to X1, set the TG 501 to 2,µs and set CABLE DIELECTRIC to SOLID
POLY.
(b). Check-for 6.33 to 6.61 divisions between markers (turn the DISTANCE dial as necessary to see
two markers).
(c). Set CABLE DIELECTRIC to SOLID PTFE.
(d). Check-for 6.72 to 7.0 divisions between markers (turn the DISTANCE dial as necessary to see two
markers).
53. Set CABLE DIELECTRIC to OTHER and turn CABLE DIELECTRIC VAR fully clockwise.
54. (a). Check-for 9.7 to 10 divisions between markers (turn the DISTANCE dial as necessary to see two
markers).
(b). Turn CABLE DIELECTRIC VAR fully counterclockwise.
(c). Check-for <5.5 divisions between markers.
(d). Return the CABLE DIELECTRIC VAR to fully clockwise position.
55. Turn off the 1502, remove all test equipment and reinstall U1575. Install the shield over the
pulser/sampler circuitry (install 12 screws). Return the instrument to normal viewing position.
56. Turn on the 1502 and set mp/DIV to 200, set the FEET/DIV to 1, set CABLE DIELECTRIC to AIR (all
buttons out), and adjust the DISTANCE dial to 000.

X.1 Positioning
57. Connect the precision 50 Ω terminator to the CABLE connector.
REV C FEB 1980
4-11
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P
Adjustment Procedure
58. Set the FEET/DIV multiplier to X1.
59. Set the incident pulse to a graticule reference line with the ZERO REF control, then set the FEET/DIV
multiplier to X.1.
60. Check-that the leading edge of the incident pulse is located within 1 division of the selected graticule
reference line.
61. Adjust-R1132 (X.1 POS CAL) located on the MAIN board, so that the leading edge of the incident pulse
is located on the selected graticule reference line. Repeat steps 58 through 60.
HORIZONTAL CHECKS AND ADJUSTMENTS-OPTION 5, METRIC VERSION
(See Step 38 for Standard Version)
Horizontal Gain Presets
NOTE
If the unit is only being checked and not calibrated, or if the unit is to be used
with the optional chart recorder, do not perform the following Horizontal Gain
Presets procedure. Instead, turn to the metric version Timing procedure
beginning with step 67.
62. Set the mp/DIV to 500.
63. Use the POSITION controls to center the trace on the graticule.
64. Set R3217 (HORIZ) located on the OUTPUT AMPS board, to the counterclockwise stop.
65. Adjust-R3213 (H POS) located on the OUTPUT AMPS board, to center the trace on the graticule.
66. Adjust-R3217 (HORIZ) so that the retrace at the start of the sweep is just off the graticule area and the
trace covers all 10 divisions of the graticule.
NOTE
Once the horizontal gain has been set, do not change it.
Timing
67. Connect the Marker Out of the TG 501 through a coaxial cable and a 10X attenuator to the CABLE
connector of the 1502; also connect the TG 501 Trigger Out to the Trig/Duration Input of the PG 502.
Turn the instrument POWER off. Turn the instrument upside down and remove the shield that covers the
pulser/sampler circuitry (remove 12 screws). Remove U1575 from its socket. In the following steps,
instructions are given on how to provide an external trigger to the 1502 (see Fig. 4-6).
68. Set the 1502 controls as follows:
mp/DIV 200
METRES/DIV 25 @ X1
DIELECTRIC AIR (all buttons out)
DISTANCE 000
69. Set the controls of the PG 502 Pulse Generator as follows:
Duration 50 µs
Variable Duration Fully ccw
Period Ext Trig
Low Level -1.5
High Level 2.5
Back Term Pull Out
All pushbuttons Out
70. Set the TG 501 Time Mark Generator for 0.5 us time marks. Connect a coaxial cable from the TG 501
+ Trigger Out to PG 502 Trig/Duration Input. Connect a 1X probe from the PG 502 Output to the Red test point
located near U1575. Connect a coaxial cable and a 10X attenuator from the TG 501 Marker Out to the CABLE
connector. Turn the instrument POWER on.
NOTE
The time marks must not exceed 0.85 V to keep the tunnel diode in the low
state.
71. (a). Obtain the waveform on the 1502 crt as shown in Fig. 4-9. Use the variable pulse amplitude
control of the PG 502 and the DISTANCE control of the 1502 to align the time marks with the crt graticule lines.
NOTE
If the instrument is to be used with the optional chart recorder, continue with the
remainder of this step. If the instrument is not to be used with a chart recorder,
proceed with step 72, part a.

REV C FEB 1980

4-12
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P
Adjustment Procedure

Figure 4-9. Time Marks Aligned (Metric).

(b). Check that the chart paper in the recorder has a bold line next to the hole in the paper that shows a
red line through the hole. If the red line is not aligned with a bold line on the chart paper, pull enough chart
paper through the recorder to line them up.
(c). Press the RECORD switch to obtain a recording of the time marks. The recording should show the
same timing as shown on the crt between the first and fourth time marks, ± 2%.
(d). Adjust-R3213 (H POS) and R3217 (HORIZ GAIN), located on the OUTPUT AMPS board, to match
the timing and position of the time marks on the crt to the chart recording.
72. (a). Adjust-R1435 (FT/DIV CAL) to align the time marks with every third graticule line (see Fig. 4-9).
(b). Set the METRES/DIV control to 50 and set the TG 501 to 1 µs. Check for 1 time mark every 3
divisions ± 2%.
(c). Set the METRES/DIV to 10 and set the TG 501 to .1µs. Check for 2 time marks every 3 divisions
± 2%.
(d). Set the METRES/DIV to 5 and check for 1 time mark every 3 divisions ± 2%.
(e). Set the METRES/DIV to 2.5 and set the TG 501 to 50 ns.
If the timing is difficult to read due to noise, try pressing the NOISE FILTER
button or try a slight adjustment of the PG 502 Output (Volts).
(f). Set the METRES/DIV to 1 and set the TG 501 to 10 ns. Check for 2 time marks every 3 divisions
± 2%.
(g). Set the METRES/DIV to .5 and check for 1 time mark every 3 divisions ± 2%.
(h). Set the METRES/DIV to .25 and check for 6 divisions between time marks ± 2%.
(i). Set the METRES/DIV to 50, the METRES/DIV multiplier to X.1, and the TG 501 to 0.1 µs. Check
for 1 time mark every 3 divisions ± 1%. Locate the time marks by slight adjustment of the PG 502 Output
(Volts).
73. Adjust-C1332 (X.1 CAL) for 1 time mark every 3 divisions ± 1%.
DISTANCE Dial
74. (a). Set the METRES/DIV to 25, the METRES/DIV multiplier to X1, the TG 501 to .5 µs, and the
DISTANCE dial to 000. Locate a time mark on a graticule line by slight adjustment of the PG 502 Output
(Volts). Turn the DISTANCE dial clockwise until the second following time mark is aligned on the same
graticule line.
(b). Check-that the DISTANCE dial reads between 147 and 153.
(c). Check-the DISTANCE dial setting for no shift of the time mark with the ZERO REF CHECK button
is pressed.
75. (a). Set the DISTANCE dial to 150.
(b). Adjust-R1315 (DISTANCE CAL) located on the MAIN board, for no shift of the time mark while
alternately pressing and releasing the ZERO REF CHECK button.
76. (a). Set the TG 501 to 2µs.
REV SEP 1983
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P
Adjustment Procedure
(b). Set CABLE DIELECTRIC to SOLID POLY. Locate two time marks on the graticule with the
DISTANCE dial.
(c). Check-for 7.75 to 8.1 divisions between time marks.
77. (a). Set CABLE DIELECTRIC to SOLID PTFE. Locate two time marks on the graticule with the
DISTANCE dial.
(b). Check-for 8.25 to 8.55 divisions between time marks.
78. (a). Set METRES/DIV to 50, set CABLE DIELECTRIC to OTHER, and turn CABLE DIELECTRIC VAR
fully clockwise.
(b). Turn the DISTANCE dial as necessary to see two markers and note the timing between the
markers.
(c). Turn CABLE DIELECTRIC VAR fully counterclockwise.
(d). Check-that the timing is reduced to 50% ± 2% (3.4 to 3.6 divisions) of the timing noted in part b.
(e). Return the CABLE DIELECTRIC VAR to fully clockwise position.
79. Turn off the 1502, remove all test equipment and reinstall U1575. Install the shield over the
pulser/sampler circuitry (install 12 screws). Return the instrument to normal viewing position.
80. Turn on the 1502 and set mp/DIV to 500, set the METRES/DIV to 5, set CABLE DIELECTRIC to
OTHER and adjust the DISTANCE dial to 000.
X.1 Positioning
81. Connect the precision 50 Ω terminator to the CABLE connector.
82. Set the METRES/DIV multiplier to X1.
83. Set the incident pulse to a graticule reference line with the ZERO REF control, then set the
METRES/DIV multiplier to X.1.
84. Check-that the leading edge of the incident pulse is located within 2 divisions of the selected graticule
reference line.
85. Adjust-R1132 (X.1 POS CAL) located on the MAIN board, so that the leading edge of the incident pulse
is located on the selected graticule reference line. Repeat steps 82 through 84.

VERTICAL CHECKS AND ADJUSTMENTS

Pulse Strobe and Risetime
86. Set the mp/DIV control to 500. Connect the probe adapter to the CABLE connector if the connector is
the grounding type (grounded CABLE connector used SN B040616 and up).
87. Use the ZERO REF SET and POSITION controls to locate the pulse at the graticule center.
88. Check-that the incident and reflected pulse both have equal amplitudes (see Fig. 4-10 for photos of the
correct display).
89. (a). Adjust-R1525 (AVAL VOLT), R1538 (SNAP-OFF), and R1692 (TD BIAS) located on the MAIN
board, for a correctly triggered display as shown in Fig. 4-10.
(b). Disconnect the probe adapter.

Loop Gain
90. Set the FEET/DIV (METRES/DIV) to 20 (5), MULTIPLIER to X1, and mp/DIV to 200.
91. Connect the precision 50 Ω terminator (Tektronix Part No. 011-0123-00) to the CABLE connector.
92. Use the ZERO REF SET control to locate the pulse on the graticule. Use the POSITION controls as
necessary to locate the entire pulse step on the graticule.

REV B FEB 1980

4-14
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P
Adjustment Procedure

Figure 4-10. Pulse Display.

93. Adjust-the front-panel GAIN screwdriver control for a pulse amplitude of 5 divisions. (Adjust the
POSITION controls as necessary.)
94. (a). Set the FEET/DIV (METRES/DIV) to 200 (50).
(b). Check-that the rise of the pulse occurs within 0.1 division horizontally and there is a spike of ap-
proximately 0.2 division at the top corner of the pulse. See Fig. 4-11 for correct and incorrect displays.
95. (a). Adjust-R1543 (LOOP GAIN) located on the MAIN board so that the pulse is as described in the
previous step. See Fig. 4-11 for photos of correct and incorrect displays.
(b). Set the FEET/DIV (METRES/DIV) to 1 (.25), set the MULTIPLIER to.1, and set the CABLE DI
ELECTRIC to OTHER (VAR-fully cw). Use the ZERO REF and POSITION controls as necessary to locate the
pulse at graticule center.
(c). Remove the 50 Ω terminator from the CABLE connector. Install the GR to bnc adapter and the GR
short. Check that the reflected risetime of the pulse (fall time) is 0.7 division ( 0.875 division). See Fig. 4-12.
Noise
96. Set the mp/DIV to 5, turn the ZERO REF fully counterclockwise and adjust the POSITION controls so
the top of the trace is located on the horizontal centerline.
97. Check-that the peak-to-peak noise is not greater than 10 mp (2 divisions).
98. Push the NOISE FILTER button in and check that the peak-to-peak noise is less than 4 mp (0.8
division).
99. Change the FEET/DIV (METRES/DIV) control to 20 (5). Turn ZERO REF fully clockwise.
100. Use the POSITION controls to set the bottom of the pulse at the horizontal centerline.
101. Check-that the peak-to-peak noise is less than 4 mp.
102. Release the NOISE FILTER button and check that the peak-to-peak noise is less than 10 mp.
103. Adjust--R1657 (LF COMP) located on the MAIN board, for the lowest possible peak-to-peak noise, then
repeat steps 96 through 102 above.
DC Balance
104. Set the mp/DIV to 100.
105. Connect the precision cable from the CABLE connector, to the female adapter, to the 50 Ω terminator.
Use the POSITION controls to locate the base of the pulse at the horizontal centerline.

REV C FEB 1980

4-15
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P
Adjustment Procedure

Fig. 4-12. Reflected-Fall Time Check.

106. Remove the 50 n terminator and check

that the trace shift is less than 1/2 division.
107. Adjust-R1659(DC BAL) located on the
MAIN board, for the minimum trace shift between
the terminated and unterminated pulse.
Vertical Attenuation
108. Turn the 1502 top side up on the
bench.
109. Set the mp/DIV to 500, and turn ZERO
REF fully clockwise.
110. Set the DM 501 RANGE/FUNCTION
switch to 2 on the DC VOLTS scale.
111. Connect the lead from the DM 501 LO
terminal to the ground braid of P21 (on the VERT
AMP/SLOW RAMP board).
112. Connect the lead from the HI terminal
to the left end of R2229. See Fig. 4-13 for the
proper connection points.
113. Set the 1502 ZERO REF and
POSITION controls so that the DVM reads 1.000
0.008 volt. If the POSITION control cannot be
adjusted to obtain this reading on the DVM, adjust
R1659 (DC BAL) located on the MAIN board, for a
fully counterclockwise setting. Then adjust the
POSITION control for a DVM reading of 1.000±
0.008 volt.

Figure 4-11. Loop Gain Adjustment.

REV D JUL 1980

4-16
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P
Adjustment Procedure

114. Move the test lead from R2229 to X-Y OUTPUT MODULE CHECKS AND
R2326 (see Fig. 4-13). The DVM should read ADJUSTMENTS
0.400 0.008 volt.
Pen Lift Signal
115. Move the test lead from R2326 to
R2325 (see Fig. 4-13). The DVM should read 1. Set the Digital Multimeter
0.199 0.004 volt. RANGE/FUNCTION control to 20 on the DC
VOLTS scale.
116. Move the test lead from R2325 to
R2323 (see Fig. 4-13). The DVM should read 2. Turn the 1502 upright.
0.0991 ±0.002 volt.
3. Place the terminal connection link of the
117. Move the test lead from R2323 to OUTPUT MODULE board on the negative slope
R2322 (see Fig. 4-13). The DVM should read terminals (see Fig. 4-14).
0.0405 0.0008 volt.
4. Connect the lead from the DVM HI terminal
118. Move the test lead from R2322 to to the X- Y OUTPUT MODULE PEN LIFT red
R2321 (see Fig. 4-13). The DVM should read terminal and the lead from the DVM LO terminal to
0.0200 ±0.0004 volt. the X-Y OUTPUT MODULE PEN LIFT black
terminal.
119. Move the test lead from R2321 to
R2228 (see Fig. 4-13). The DVM should read 5. Check-that the DVM shows approximately
0.0100 ±0.0002 volt. 5 volts.
120. Remove the test leads from the 1502 6. Momentarily push the RECORD switch to
and turn the ZERO REF control fully RECORD, then release the switch. Check that the
counterclockwise. If R1659 (DC BAL) was adjusted voltage goes to +0.5 volt or less and returns to
during step 113, repeat steps 104 through 107. approximately 5 volts at the end of the sweep.
7. Move the terminal connection link to the
positive slope terminals on the X-Y OUTPUT
MODULE board.
8. Check-that the DVM reads approximately
0.5 V. volt.
9. Push the RECORD switch to RECORD and
check that the DVM reads 4 volts or greater, then
returns to approximately 0.5 volt at the end of the
sweep.

Figure 4-14. Output Module Connection Link.

Figure 4-13. Vertical AMP/Slow Ramp Board.

REV B JUL 1980

4-17
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P
Adjustment Procedure
Y OUTPUT
10. Move the test leads from the PEN LIFT terminals to the corresponding Y terminals of the X-Y OUTPUT
MODULE.
11. Set the 1502 ZERO REF SET completely clockwise.
12. Push the RECORD switch to RECORD and adjust the 1502 POSITION controls so that the DVM reads
0.0 volt.
13. Turn the 1502 ZERO REF SET completely counter-clockwise and check that the DVM reads
approximately +0.4 volt. Release the RECORD switch.
14. Adjust-R7225 (on X-Y OUTPUT MODULE board) until the DVM reads +0.4 volt while holding the
RECORD switch to RECORD.

X OUTPUT
15. Move the test leads to the X terminals.
16. Press the RECORD switch.
17. Check-that the voltage reads from 0 to 1 V (100 mV/div) as the dot moves across the screen.

REPLACING THE CASE ON THE 1502

To replace the case on the 1502, proceed as follows:

1. Remove any termination and adapters from the CABLE connector.
2. Remove the battery pack and power cord from the back of the 1502.
3. Place the EMI shields on the top and bottom of the 1502.
4. Stand the 1502 on its face. Lubricate the surface of rubber seals around edge of subpanel with a
waterproof lubricant.
5. Slide the case over the back of the unit, until it has reached the subpanel.
6. Tighten the 4 screws on the back of the case until the case is aligned with the groove at the back of the
subpanel.
7 Make sure the case is in the groove; then, using a torque-limiting screwdriver, tighten the 4 screws to 8
inch-pounds.

NOTE
If the screws are tightened more than 8 inch-pounds, the case may crack. If the
screws are not tightened equally to the required torque, the watertight integrity of
the case may be compromised.

8. Place the battery pack in its compartment and tighten the 2 screws (finger tight is sufficient).
9. Place the power cord and the rest of the accessories in the front cover storage compartment and latch
it closed.
10. Place the front cover over the front cover panel and close the latches.

NOTE
For detailed sealing instructions, see the Maintenance instructions in Section 5.

REV A FEB 1980

4-18
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P
MAINTENANCE

NOTE
It is recommended that the 1502 be serviced at a Tektronix Service Center. The
instrument should be serviced by a technician skilled in sampling and pulse
techniques.
This section of the manual provides information used for preventive maintenance, corrective maintenance,
and troubleshooting the 1502. The physical location of all circuit components on the circuit boards are shown
on the circuit diagram pullouts.
Preventive Maintenance
Preventive maintenance consists of cleaning, visual inspection, lubrication, etc. Preventive maintenance
performed on a regular basis will help improve the reliability of the instrument. The severity of the environment
to which the 1502 is subjected determines the frequency of needed maintenance. A convenient time to
perform preventive maintenance is preceding recalibration of the instrument.
Cleaning
Accumulation of dirt in the instrument can cause overheating and component breakdown. Dirt on
components acts as an insulating blanket and prevents efficient heat dissipation. It also provides an electrical
conduction path.
Interior. The 1502 construction protects the interior of the instrument from dust.
The interior of the 1502 should not normally require cleaning unless the unit has been left with the front
cover removed and the plug-in compartment empty. The best way to clean the interior is to blow off the
accumulated dust with low-pressure air. Remove any dirt that remains with a soft brush or a cloth dampened
with a mild detergent and water solution. A cotton-tipped applicator is useful for cleaning in narrow spaces on
circuit boards.

NOTE
To remove the instrument cabinet, see Preliminary Procedure at the beginning of
the Calibration procedure. When the cabinet is removed, the watertight feature
may be compromised when the case is reinstalled. See the instructions at the
end of the Calibration procedure on replacing the case on the 1502. Detailed
parts replacement instructions are contained at the end of this section.

CAUTION

Avoid the use of chemical cleaning agents which might damage the plastics used
in this instrument. Avoid chemicals which contain benzene, toluene, xylene,
acetone or similar solvents.

Exterior. The cabinet exterior can be washed with soap and water and rinsed with clear water. Loose dust
accumulated on the front panel is best removed with a small brush or a soft cloth dampened with a mild
detergent and water solution. Abrasive cleaners should not be used on the front panel.
CRT Implosion Shield. The face of the crt can be cleaned by using ISOPROPHYL ALCOHOL applied
and wiped very gently dry with KENDALL"NEBRIL" non-woven wipes.
Lubrication
The reliability of potentiometers, switches and other moving parts can be maintained if they are kept
properly lubricated. However, too much lubricant is as detrimental as too little lubricant. A lubrication kit
containing the necessary lubricants and instructions is available from Tektronix, Inc.

REV DEC 1981

5-1
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P
Visual Inspection
Prior to recalibration, the 1502 should be inspected for such defects as broken connections, damaged
circuit boards, improperly seated pin connectors, frayed cable shields and heat-damaged components.
The corrective procedures for most visible defects are obvious; however, particular care should be taken if
heat damaged components are found. Overheating usually indicates other trouble in the instrument; therefore,
it is important that the cause of overheating be corrected to prevent recurrence of the damage.
In order to maintain the water-tight integrity of the 1502, it is important to visually inspect the water-tight
seals periodically. Seals around the X-Y Output Module, the battery pack and the front cover seal on the front
panel should be checked regularly to see that they have not become damaged. The clam shell seal on the
back of the front-panel casting and the seals around the front-panel controls and connectors should be
inspected when the cabinet has been removed for maintenance, calibration purposes, or if a leak is suspected.
CAUTION
Anytime the cabinet has been removed from the 1502 or when any front panel
controls or connectors have been removed from the front panel, the water-tight
integrity of the 1502 will be jeopardized.
Semiconductor Checks
Periodic checks of the semiconductors in the 1502 are not recommended. The best check of
semiconductor performance is actual operation in the instrument. More details on checking semiconductor
operation are given under troubleshooting.
Recalibration
To ensure accurate measurements, check the calibration of the 1502 after each 1000 hours of operation or
every six months if used infrequently. In addition, replacement of components may necessitate recalibration of
the affected circuits. The calibration procedure can also be helpful in localizing certain troubles in the
instrument. In some cases, problems may be revealed or corrected by recalibration.
Servicing the Battery
The battery pack should be inspected every six months or every 500 hours of operation, whichever occurs
first. The entire battery pack should be replaced if venting or corrosion has occurred.

TROUBLESHOOTING
The following information is provided to help in troubleshooting the 1502. Information contained in other
sections of this manual should be used along with the following information to aid in locating the defective
component(s). An understanding of the circuit operation is helpful in locating troubles. See the Circuit
Description section for information.
Troubleshooting Aids
Diagrams. Circuit diagrams and corresponding circuit board layouts are located on foldout pages at the
rear of the manual. Section 7 contains the Electrical Parts List. From these schematics and parts lists, the
component number, location, electrical characteristics and Tektronix, Inc. part number can be cross-
referenced. The components that are located on the front panel are shown on the circuit diagrams with their
front-panel titles enclosed in a block. Additional aids for troubleshooting can be found in the Calibration section
of this manual.

COMPONENT REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT

Fuses
The ac line fuses are located on the front panel. The dc fuses and spares are located on the Power Supply
board inside the instrument. Remove the 1502 from its case. Remove the aluminum shield from the top of the
unit. The fuses are upright plug-in types located near the center of the instrument (see Fig. 5-1).
Transistors and Integrated Circuits
See Fig. 5-2 for the lead configurations of the transistors and integrated circuits used in the 1502.
Circuit Board Replacement
Most of the components mounted on the circuit boards can be replaced without removing the boards from
the instrument. An exception is the HV circuit board which is located underneath the Power Supply board. If a
circuit board is damaged beyond repair, the entire assembly (including all soldered-on-components) can be
replaced. The number is given in the Electrical Parts list for the completely wired board.
Use the following procedure to remove a circuit board. Reverse the procedure to replace boards.

REV B FEB 1980

5-2
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P

Figure 5-1. DC Fuse Location.

NOTE
All screw fasteners used on circuit boards, on or near a cam switch, should be
tightened to no more than 3 inch-pounds using a torque-limiting screwdriver.
Power Supply Boards
1. Remove the four screws.
2. Remove the pin connectors to P1, P2, and P3 near the rear edge of the board.
3. Carefully lift the rear of the board until the pin connectors underneath come into view.
4. Remove the pin connectors from the bottom of the board and lift it out of the chassis.
HV Board
1. Remove the Power Supply board following the previous procedure.

WARNING

2 kV may be present on the HV board from charged capacitors.

2. Discharge the possible 2 kV potential by placing a short between point A, Fig. 5-3 and ground. This
point is accessible by removing the Battery Pack and turning the 1502 upside down.
3. Remove the pin connectors.
4. Remove the four screws holding the board in the chassis.
5. Lift the HV board out of the chassis.
Power Transformer
1. Remove the Power Supply and the HV boards from the chassis using the previous procedures.
2. Unsolder the two leads on the bottom of the Power Transformer.
3. Remove the four bolts holding the transformer in place. The ground wire and lug on the bottom will
come off when the bolt and nut are removed.
4 Lift the Power Transformer out of the chassis.
Power Cord Conductor Identification
Conductor Color Alternate Color
Ungrounded (Line) Brown Black
Grounded (Neutral) Blue White
Grounding (Earthing) Green-Yellow Green-Yellow
Output Amplifier Board
1. Remove the four pin connectors from the top of the Output Amps board.
2. Remove the four screws holding the board in the chassis.
3. Lift the board out of the hole in the side of the chassis.
REV C FEB 1980
5-3
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P

Figure 5-2. Transistor and Integrated Circuit Lead Configuration.

5-4
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P

Figure 5-3. Rear View of The HV Board.

Logic Board
1. Remove the three pin connectors from the Logic board.
2. Remove the four screws holding it in the chassis.
3. CAREFULLY lift on the rear of the Logic board to pull the board off the ten feed-thru pins which are
mounted on the chassis. Lift the board off the chassis when clear of the pins.
4. Use care when replacing the board to prevent bending the pins or the pin connectors on the board.
Main Board and Vertical Amp/Slow Ramp Board
Removal of the main board and the Vertical Amp/Slow Ramp board requires removal of some front panel
controls. This will destroy the water-tight seals. Sealing instructions are included in this section. It is usually
preferable to have this done at a Tektronix Service Center.
Cathode-Ray Tube Replacement
To replace the crt, proceed as follows:

WARNING

Use care when handling a crt. Protective clothing and safety glasses should be worn. Avoid striking it on
any object which might cause it to crack or implode. When storing a crt, place it in a protective carton or set it
face down in a protected location on a smooth surface with a soft mat under the faceplate to protect it from
scratches.

1. Remove the Battery Pack from the 1502.

2. Remove the pin connectors from the top of the Output Amps board.
3. Remove the four screws holding the crt socket bracket to the frame.
4. Remove the screw bracing the rear of the crt socket to the chassis.
5. Slide the entire assembly (crt, socket bracket, and crt shield) to the rear about 1/4 inch. Lift straight up
on the entire assembly, clearing the tabs on the front panel casting.
6. Set the assembly on top of the 1502 with the socket wiring still attached.
7. Remove the gasket from the front of the crt.
8. Unplug the socket from the crt.
9. Carefully remove the crt from the shield, guiding the two-wire pin connector through the hole in the
shield as the crt comes out the front.
10. The Trace Rotation Yoke (L0234) can now be removed and installed on the new crt. Position of the
Yoke is not critical. Make sure it is tight against the neck of the crt and fastened with tape.
11. Install the crt using the above procedure in reverse. Use care when tightening the screw bracing the crt
from the rear of the chassis.
Tunnel Diode Replacement
Tunnel diode (CR1703) may be replaced using the following procedures:
1. Remove the screws from the Main board shield and cavity shield.
If the front of the shield was soldered to the bnc connector, unsolder the connection between the CABLE
bnc connector and the cavity shield. Use a solder wick or other desoldering tool to remove all solder.
REV B FEB 1980
5-5
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P
2. Lift up carefully on the rear of the cavity shield, applying heat to the solder connections to the bnc
connector if necessary.
If the front of the shield was fastened by Econobond, it can be removed by lifting the rear of the shield
carefully until the bonding comes loose.
3. With the shields removed, pull the wire attached to the rear of the tunnel diode holder until the tunnel
diode can be raised free of its holder.
4. Place a new tunnel diode in the holder with its fins pointing towards the rear of the 1502.
5. Re-assemble the shields in reverse order, soldering or if it was bonded, rebonding the cavity shield to
the bnc connector. Do not use too much heat or solder. The bonding material is listed at the end of this
section.
230 V Operation
The battery charger is factory wired for 115 V ac or 230 V ac if Option 6 is ordered. The standard 115 V ac
unit can be changed to 230 V ac operation by rewiring the line transformer. The Power Supply circuit diagram
(number 6) and Fig. 5-4 show the proper wiring configuration for 230 V operation.

CAUTION
When the 1502 is wired for 230 V ac, be sure that the plug is installed on the ac
cable and that the proper fuses are installed. Refer to the Electrical Parts list.
REPACKAGING FOR SHIPMENT
If the Tektronix instrument is to be shipped to a Tektronix Service Center for service or repair, attach a tag
showing: owner (with address) and the name of an individual at your firm that can be contacted. Include
complete instrument serial number and a description of the service required.
Save and re-use the package in which your instrument was shipped. If the original packaging is unfit for
use or not available, repackage the instrument as follows:

Surround the instrument with polyethylene sheeting to protect the finish of the instrument. Obtain a carton
of corrugated cardboard of the correct carton strength and having inside dimensions of no less than six
inches more than the instrument dimensions. Cushion the instrument by tightly packing three inches of
dunnage or urethane foam between carton and instrument, on all sides. Seal carton with shipping tape or
industrial stapler.

Figure 5-4. 230 Vac Transformer Wiring.

The carton test strength for your instrument is 275 pounds.
Water-tight Seals
The 1502 is prepared to be operated in any weather (rain, snow, dust, etc.). To prevent moisture and dust
from getting inside the Instrument, special seals are used.
In order to maintain the water-tight integrity of the 1502, it is important to visually inspect the water-tight
seals periodically. Seals around the X-Y Output Module, the battery pack and the front cover seal on the front
panel should be checked regularly to see that they have not become damaged. The clam shell seal on the
back of the front-panel casting and the seals around the front-panel controls and connectors should be
inspected when the cabinet has been removed for maintenance calibration purposes, or if a leak is suspected.
CAUTION
Anytime the cabinet has been removed from the 1502 or when any front panel controls or connectors have
been removed from the front panel, the watertight integrity of the 1502 will be jeopardized.

REV B FEB 1980

5-6
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P

SEALING PROCEDURES

NOTE
In the following assembly steps, the part being discussed is identified by its location in the Mechanical Parts List
(MPL) of the Instruction Manual for the 1502. Example, in Step 1 the Front Subpanel is being discussed. In the
1502 manual, the part is listed in the MPL under Fig. & Index No. 3-26.

1. Preparation of the Subpanel for further assembly (see Fig. 5-5)

a. SUBPANEL, FRONT MPL Item 3-26.

b. Procedure

1. Clean entire Subpanel with isopropyl alcohol.

2. Install the Holder for the Battery Level Indicator in the Subpanel

a. HOLDER MPL Item 2-54.

b. Procedure

1. Insert the holder into the Subpanel.

2. This item does not require the application of a sealing compound.

3. Install the seal for the Power Switch in the Subpanel

a. SEAL, SWITCH MPL Item 2-52.

b. Procedure

1. Clean mating surface of seal with acetone.

2. Coat mating surface of seal with No. 3144 sealant.
3. Install seal in Subpanel.

4. Install washers for the Fuseholders in the Subpanel

a. WASHER, FLAT (2 ea.) MPL Item 2-49.

b. Procedure

1. Clean the washers with acetone.

2. Coat the mating surfaces of the washers with No. 3144 sealant.
3. Insert the washers in the Subpanel.

5. Install the Pushbutton seals in the Subpanel

a. SEAL, PUSHBUTTON MPL Item 2-51, and MPL Item 2-50.

Figure 5-5. Subpanel, Identification of Parts.

@ FEB 1980
5-7
TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P
 b. Procedure

1. Clean mating surfaces of seals with acetone.

2. Coat mating surfaces with No. 3144 sealant.
3. Install seals in subpanel.

6. Installation of rubber seals in two grooves located on the outer (see Figs. 5-5 and 5-6) edges of the
front and rear sides of the Subpanel

a. SEAL, RUBBER (2 ea.) MPL Item 2-55.

b. Procedure

1. Clean the rubber seals with acetone.

2. Apply a film of No. 3140 sealant to the inner surface of each groove. See Fig. 5-6. Do not apply the
sealant to the other surfaces of the grooves. No.3140 is more fluid than No. 3144 and can be applied with a
hypodermic type applicator.
3. Place a seal in each groove. Trim each seal to a length such that its ends butt together. Apply a film
of No. 3140 sealant to the Butt joint.
4. Before installing the instrument in a cabinet, lubricate the outer edges of the seals as shown in Fig. 5-
6.

7. Install the implosion shield and its retainer on the Subpanel (see Figs. 5-5 and 5-7)

a. SHIELD, IMPLOSION MPL Item 2-94.

b. RETAINER MPL Item 2-93.
c. Procedure

1. Clean the retainer and the implosion shield mounting area of the Subpanel with acetone.
2. Remove the protective paper from the implosion shield.
3. Position the shield on the Subpanel and form a continuous bead of No. 3144 sealant, approximately
.090 inch in diameter, around the shield/Subpanel interface.
4. Position the retainer over the bead of sealant and press into place.

Figure 5-6. Rubber Seals, edge sealing for subpanel. Figure 5-7. Detail of implosion shield sealing.
5-8 @ FEB 1980
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P

NOTE

1. Pressing the retainer should cause some of the sealant to appear outside the retainer area, see Fig. 5-7.
Failure of the sealant to appear at any point around the retainer is an indication of inadequate sealing.

2. When performing this step, assure that the shield makes flush contact with the subpanel, see Fig. 5-7.

5. After a curing time of approximately 4 hours, use a small wooden dowel, such as a Q-tip handle, and
remove the excess sealant that is visible between the shield and retainer.

8. Preparation of Front Panel for assembly (see Fig. 5-8)

a. FRONT PANEL MPL Item 2-47.

b. Procedure

1. Clean mating surface of front panel with acetone.

2. Coat mating surface of panel with No. 1204 primer. Allow 2 hours curing time.

9. Bonding of Plug-in Compartment seal to Front Panel (see Fig. 5-9)

a. SEAL, PLUG-IN MPL Item 2-48

b. Procedure

1. Clean mating surfaces of seal with acetone.

2. Apply No. 3144 sealant to mating surface of seal.

3. Position seal on rear side of Front Panel.

Figure 5-8. Front Panel, Identification of Parts For Assembly Step 8 Through 26.
@ FEB 1980

5-9
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P

Figure 5-9. Detail of Plug-In Compartment seal. Figure 5-10. Detail of BNC Connector and Washer.

4. Clamp Seal in place.

5. Allow 2 hour curing time. Remove clamp, inspect seal bond, and remove any excess sealant. Allow
an additional 22 hour curing time.
NOTE

Be sure seal is bonded securely to edge of panel as well as rear surface of panel.

10. Bonding of washer to BNC type connector that is located on the Main Circuit Board Assembly (see Fig. 5-
10)
a. CONNECTOR, RECEPTACLE MPL Item 2-125.
b. WASHER, FLAT SPONGE. MPL Item 2-111
c. Procedure
1. Clean mating surfaces of BNC Connector and Washer with acetone. Allow to dry.
2. Apply No. 1204 Primer to mating surface of BNC connector. Allow 2 hour curing time.
3. Coat mating surface of washer with No. 3144 sealant.
4. Assemble washer on BNC connector.

11. Install pushbuttons and their shaft assemblies (see Fig. 5-11)
a. PUSHBUTTONS MPL Item 2-8; MPL Item 2-9; MPL Item 2-10; MPL Item 2-11.
b. EXTENSION SHAFT MPL 2-1114, (4 ea.).,
c. Procedure
1. Clean the mating surfaces of each shaft with isopropyl alcohol.
2. Insert the shafts into the pushbutton seals. See Fig. 5-11.

Figure 5-11. Detail of Pushbuttons and their shafts.

@ FEB 1980
5-10
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P

3. Apply bead of No. 3144 sealant to each shaft/seal interface.

4. Install pushbuttons in their respective locations.
12. Attach Subpanel to the three Frame Sections (See Fig. 5-12)
a. FRAME SECTIONS MPL Item 3-116; Center, MPL Item 3-117; Right, M PL Item 3-118.
b. SCREWS MPL Item 3-27 (1 ea.); MPL Item 3-28 (5 ea.).
c. Procedure
1. Fill the countersunk screw holes on the Subpanel with No. 3144 sealant. See Fig. 5-12.
2. Attach the Subpanel to the three Frame sections. The decorative screw is installed in the upper-left
corner of the subpanel.
13. Install Front Panel on Subpanel
a. Procedure
1. Apply G-661 lubricant to the rear surface of the Plug-in Seal, and to the two Fuse Holder Seals.
2. Place Front Panel on the Subpanel.
14. Install Fuseholders In Front Panel (see Fig. 5-13)
a. FUSEHOLDERS MPL Item 2-24.
b. Procedure
1. Install the two Fuseholders as shown in Fig. 5-13.
2. Tighten the retaining nut on the fuseholder until the Front Panel is pulled flush with the Subpanel.

Do not overtighten.
15. Install Fuseholder Caps (see Fig. 5-14)
a. WASHERS MPL Item 2-25.
b. Procedure
1. Clean washers and Fuseholder Caps with isopropyl alcohol.
2. Apply No.3144 sealant to one surface of a washer and place the washer in one of the Fuseholder
Caps. Repeat for the other washer and cap.

Figure 5-12. Detail of Subpanel screwhole sealing. Figure 5-13. Detail of Fuseholder installation.

@ FEB 1980

5-11
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P

Figure 5-14. Detail of Fuseholder Caps. Figure 5-16. Alignment of Battery Meter

3. Insert the caps is the Fuseholders and press to ensure the washers are fully seated.
4. Remove the caps, inspect, and remove any excess sealant.
5. Apply a film of G-661 lubricant to exposed surface of washer.
6. Insert fuse (see Electrical Parts list for correct value) into cap and install cap with fuse in the
Fuseholder.
16. Install Battery Meter (see Figs. 5-15 and 5-16)
a. METER MPL Item 2-53.

Figure 5-15. Application of sealant to Battery Meter. Figure 5-17. Application of sealant to FOCUS
and INTENSITY controls.

b. Procedure
1. Apply a thin bead of No. 3144 sealant to the junction of the bezel and meter canister (see Fig. 5-15).
2. Install Meter in Front Panel with markings aligned as shown in Fig. 5-16.
17. Install the FOCUS and INTENSITY controls (see Fig. 5-17)
a. RESISTOR, VARIABLE (2 ea.). MPL Item 2-38 and Item 2-41

These two variable resistors are used for FOCUS and INTENSITY control and are listed in the Electrical Parts
list.
b. Procedure
1. Unscrew the bushing part of the resistor assembly and pack the barrel/shaft interface with G-661
lubricant.
@FEB 1980

5-12
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P

2. Screw the bushing into the resistor assembly.

3 Form a bead of No. 3144 sealant around the fillet area of the bushing.
4. Use the washers and nuts supplied and install these two controls in the Front Panel.
18. Install FINE POSITION control (See Figs. 5-18 and 5-19)
a. RESISTOR, VARIABLE MPL Item 2-30.
The part number for this variable resistor is listed in the Electrical Parts list.
b. Procedure
1. Form a bead of No. 3144 sealant around the bushing threads as shown in Fig. 5-18.
2. Install nut on bushing as shown in Fig. 5-19.
3. Form a bead of No. 3144 sealant at the interface of the nut and bushing as shown in Fig. 5-19.
4. Use washer and nut supplied and install the control in the Front Panel.
19. Install the DISTANCE METER in the Front Panel (see Fig. 5-20)
a. RESISTOR, VARIABLE MPL Item 2-44.
This variable resistor is listed in the Electrical Parts list as the Distance Meter.

Figure 5-18. Application of sealant to FINE control bushing

b. Procedure
1. Insert the resistor assembly in the Front Panel.
2. Form a bead of No. 3144 sealant at the interface of the resistor assembly and the Front Panel. The
bead should include the threads and anti-rotation lug.
3. Use the flat-washer, lock-washer, and nut to secure the resistor assembly to the Front Panel.

Figure 5-19. Application of sealant to FINE control nut.

Figure 5-20. Installation of Distance Meter.

@FEB 1980
5-13
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P

20. Install the ZERO REFERENCE control in the Front Panel (see Figs. 5-21 and 5-22)
a. RESISTOR, VARIABLE MPL Item 2-27.
This variable resistor is listed in the Electrical Parts list.
b. Procedure
1. Form a bead of No. 3144 sealant around the threads of the bushing as shown in Fig. 5-21.
2. Flatten or remove the anti-rotation lug on the resistor housing.
3. Install nut as shown in Fig. 5-22.
4. Form a bead of No. 3144 sealant around the nut/bushing interface.
5. Use attaching hardware and install resistor in Front Panel.
21. Install the Record control (see Figs. 5-23, 5-24, and 5-25)
a. SWITCH, TOGGLE MPL Item 2-20.
b. CAP, TOGGLE SWITCH, SEAL MPL Item 2-21.

Figure 5-21. Application of sealant to ZERO REFERENCE

control bushing.

c. Procedure
1. Form a bead of No. 3144 sealant around the bushing/switch body interface as shown in Fig. 5-23.
2. Install nut that was supplied with the switch, as shown in Fig. 5-24.
3. Form a bead of No. 3144 sealant around the bushing/nut interface as shown in Fig. 5-24.
4. Use attaching hardware and install the toggle switch in the Front Panel.
5. Install the cap-seal on the toggle switch (see Fig. 5-25).
22. Install the VAR control and the GAIN control (see Figs. 5-26 and 5-27)
a. RESISTOR, VARIABLE
MPL Item 2-16 (VAR control; MPL Item 2-33 (GAIN control).

Figure 5-22. Application of sealant to ZERO Figure 5-23. Application of sealant to RECORD
REFERENCE control bushing. toggle-switch bushing.
@FEB 1980

5-14
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P

Figure 5-24. Application of sealant to RECORD Figure 5-.25. Installation of rubber Cap-Seal on
toggle-switch nut. RECORD togle-switch.

Figure 5-26. Application of sealant to the GAIN or Figure 5-27. Application of sealant to the GAIN
the 0-dB SET control bushing. or the 0-dB SET control bushing.

b. Procedure

1. Partially unscrew Hex spacer nut and form a bead of No. 3144 sealant around the bushing threads as
shown in Fig. 5-26.
2. Re-tighten the Hex spacer nut.
3. Pack the Shaft/Threaded Bushing interface with G-661 lubricant as shown in Fig. 5-27.
4. Form a bead of No. 3144 sealant on the end of the Hex spacer nut as shown in Fig. 5-27.
5. Install the resistor in the Front Panel.

23. Partial installation procedure for Main Circuit Board Assembly

a. MAIN CIRCUIT BOARD ASSY. Not shown in MPL as separate item.

b. Procedure

1. Lubricate washer on BNC connector with G-661 lubricant.

2. Insert Main Circuit Board Assembly into instrument chassis engaging pushbutton shafts with their
respective switches. (Take care not to damage pushbutton seals.)

5-15
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P

3. Do not install Main Circuit Board holding screws at this point.

24. Install cam switch Inserts (see Fig. 5-28)

a. INSERT, SHAFT SEAL (2 ea.) MPL Item 2-155.
b. PACKING (O-ring, 2 ea.) MPL Item 2-116.
c. Procedure

1. Apply G-661 lubricant to o-ring and install as shown in Fig. 5-28.

2. Form a bead of No. 3144 sealant around the fillet area of the insert.
3. Install the two inserts in the Front Panel. Tighten until snug, then back off 2° to 3°. Remove any
excess sealant.

25. Finish installation procedure for Main Circuit Board Assembly

a. Procedure

1. Install washer and nut on BNC connector. Tighten nut to a torque reading of 20 ± 3 inch-pounds.
2. Install Main Circuit Board holding screws.

26. Install Power Switch Shaft Into Front Panel (see Fig. 5-29)
a. EXTENSION-SHAFT MPL Item 2-14.
b. BUSHING MPL Item 2-15.
c. Procedure

1. Insert the bushing into the Power Switch Seal that was previously installed in the Front Panel.
2. Apply G-661 lubricant to the detent area of the Power Switch Shaft.
3. Install as shown in Fig. 5-29.

27. Installation of the POSITION knob and the FINE POSITION knob (see Figs. 5-30 and 5-31)
a. KNOB, POSITION MPL Item 2-4.
b. KNOB, FINE POSITION MPL Item 2-2.
c. Procedure

1. Apply G-661 lubricant to the POSITION knob as shown in Fig. 5-30.

Figure 5-29. Installation of the POWER SWITCH.

Figure 5-28. Lubrication of the O-rings and sealing
for the cam switches

5-16
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P

Figure 5-30. Lubrication of POSITION control knob. Figure 5-31. Installation of knob on shaft..

Figure 5-32. Lubrication of ZERO REFERENCE Figure 5-33. Installation of knob on ZERO
knob. REFERENCE control.
2. Assembly the POSITION knob and the FINE POSITION knob on the control shafts as shown in Fig.
5-31.

28. Installation of the ZERO REFERENCE knob and the zero reference CHECK pushbutton (see Figs.5-
32 and 5-33)

a. KNOB, ZERO REFERENCE MPL Item 2-4 (same as FINE POSITION knob).
b. PUSHBUTTON MPL Item 2-3.
c. Procedure

1. Apply G-661 lubricant to the ZERO REFERENCE knob as shown in Fig. 5-32.
2. Assemble the knob and pushbutton on the control shafts as shown in Fig. 5-33.
3. Actuate the pushbutton several times. Remove any excess lubricant.

29. Install the FOCUS and INTENSITY knobs (see Fig. 5-34)

a. KNOB, 2 ea. MPL Item 2-1.

b. Procedure

1. Apply G-661 lubricant to both knobs as shown in Fig. 5-34.

@ FEB 1980

5-17
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P

Figure 5-35. Sealing of Battery Pack screwholes

Figure 5-34. Lubrication of FOCUS and INTENSITY
control knobs.

2. Install the knobs on the shafts of the FOCUS and INTENSITY controls.

30. Watertight sealing procedures for the Battery Pack (see Figs. 5-35 and 5-36)

a. BATTERY PACK MPL Item 2-37.

b. PANEL Not shown in MPL.
c. HEAT SINKS Not shown in MPL.
d. GASKET Not shown in MPL.
e. Procedure

1. Clean Panel with isopropyl alcohol.

2. Form a bead of No. 3144 sealant in and around each of the six screw holes in the Panel. See Fig. 5-
35.
3. Apply a film of Dow Corning No. 4. Compound to the mating surfaces of the heat sinks and the Panel
and join as shown in Fig. 5-36.
4. Clean the gasket with acetone.
5. Apply a bead of G-661 silicone grease on and around the gasket and attach it to the Panel as shown
in Fig. 5-36.

31. Watertight sealing procedures for the Front Panel jacks of the X-Y Output Module, 016-0606-00 (see
Fig. 5-37)

a. FRONT PANEL MPL Item 3-13.

b. SUB PANEL MPL Item 3-14.
c. JACK, TIP: BLACK MPL Item 3-5.

Figure 5-36. Application of dielectric type compound.

@ FEB 1980

5-18
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P

Figure 5-37. Detail of front panel jacks. Figure 5-38. Detail of X-Y Module thumbscrews

d. JACK, TIP: RED MPL Item 3-6.

e. Procedure

1. Clean the mating surface of the Subpanel with isopropyl alcohol.

2. Align the Front Panel over the Subpanel and insert one of the jacks in its respective position.
3. Form a bead of No. 3144 sealant around the Jack/Subpanel interface as shown in Fig. 5-37.
4. Use the supplied washer and nut to secure the jack in position.
5. Repeat steps 3 and 4 for the remaining five jacks.

32. Preparation of the Thumbscrews that are used for securing the X-Y Output Module (see Fig. 5-38)

a. PACKING (O-ring) MPL Item 3-11.

b. PIN, (shaft) MPL Item 3-8.
c. KNOB MPL Item 3-7.
d. Procedure

1. Insert one of the Pins (shaft) through the Front Panel and Subpanel.
2. Apply G-661 lubricant to the O-ring.
3. Position the O-ring on the shaft as shown in Fig. 5-38.
4. Place the knob on the shaft and tighten the setscrew.
5. Repeat procedure for the second thumbscrew.

@ FEB 1980

5-19
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P

33. Attach Latch Assemblies (2 ea.) to the Front Cover (See Fig. 5-39)

a. COVER, FRONT MPL Item 1-29.

b. LATCH ASSY. MPL Item 1-0.
c. Procedure

1. Clean mating surfaces of Front Cover and Latch Assembly with isopropyl alcohol.
2. Apply No. 3144 sealant to the two screw-holes in each Latch Assembly as shown in Fig. 5-39.
3. Attach the two Latch Assemblies to the Front Cover.

Figure 5-39. Sealing of latch assembly screwholes.

REMINDER: Don't forget to lubricate surfaces of rubber seals around edge of subpanel with G-661 lubricant
before installing instrument in cabinet and attaching front cover.

MATERIALS

Tektronix Part No. Description Notes

006-2302-00 Dow Corning No. 3144 This Room Temperature Vulcanizing

Adhesive Sealant agent (RTV) is used to form water-
tight gaskets. (After application,
006-1171-00 Dow Corning No. 3145 allow 24 hours curing time.)
Adhesive Sealant

252-0199-00 Dow Corning No. 3140 This RTV agent is used where the
Coating application requires a sealant more
fluid than the No. 3144 sealant.
(Allow 24 hours curing time.)
006-0315-00
Dow Corning No. 4 Sili- This compound is used in the
cone Dielectric Compound Battery Pack assembly.
006-2475-00 Dow Corning No. 1204 Primer Used as a primer for No. 3144 sealant
applications.

006-2207-00 General Electric No. G-661 Used as a waterproof lubricant.

Silicone grease

006-0034-00 Isopropyl Alcohol Cleaning Agent.

006-2513-00 Econobond #59C Bonding Material.

REV DEC 1981

5-20
 TM 9-4935-601-14.3&P

OPTIONS

Option 04 Chart Recorder

Option 05 Metric Version

Option 76 P7 Phosphor

POWER CORD OPTIONS

Option A1: 220 V/16 A, Universal Europe, 161-0132-00.

Option A2: 240 V/13 A, United Kingdom, 161-0133-00.

Option A3: 240 V/10 A, Australian, 161-0135-00.

Option A4: 240 V/15 A, North American, 161-0134-00.

Option A5: 250 V/6 A, Swiss, 161-0154-00.

REV DEC 1981

6-1/(6-2 blank)
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P

REPLACEABLE

ELECTRICAL PARTS

PARTS ORDERING INFORMATION

Replacement parts are available from or through your local Tektronix, Inc. Field Office or representative.

Changes to Tektronix instruments are sometimes made to accommodate improved components as they
become available, and to give you the benefit of the latest circuit improvements developed in our engineering
department. It is therefore important, when ordering parts, to include the following information in your order:
Part number, instrument type or number, serial number, and modification number if applicable.

If a part you have ordered has been replaced with a new or improved part, your local Tektronix, Inc. Field
Office or representative will contact you concerning any change in part number.

Change information, if any, is located at the rear of this manual.

SPECIAL NOTES AND SYMBOLS

X000 Part first added at this serial number

00X Part removed after this serial number

ITEM NAME

In the Parts List, an Item Name is separated from the description by a colon (:). Because of space
limitations, an Item Name may sometimes appear as incomplete. For further Item Name identification, the
U.S. Federal Cataloging Handbook H6-1 can be utilized where possible.

ABBREVIATIONS

ACTR ACTUATOR PLSTC PLASTIC

ASSY ASSEMBLY QTZ QUARTZ
CAP CAPACITOR RECP RECEPTACLE
CER CERAMIC RES RESISTOR
CKT CIRCUIT RF RADIO FREQUENCY
COMP COMPOSITION SEL SELECTED
CONN CONNECTOR SEMICOND SEMICONDUCTOR
ELCTLT ELECTROLYTIC SENS SENSITIVE
ELEC ELECTRICAL VAR VARIABLE
INCAND INCANDESCENT WW WIREWOUND
LED LIGHT EMITT4NG DIODE XFMR TRANSFORMER
NONWIR NON WIREWOUND XTAL CRYSTAL

7-1
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P

CROSS INDEX-MFR. CODE NUMBER TO MANUFACTURER

Mfr. CodeManufacturer Address City, State, Zip

0000M SONY/TEKTRONIX CORPORATION P O BOX 14, HANEDA AIRPORT TOKYO 149, JAPAN
00853 SANGAMO ELECTRIC CO., S. CAROLINA DIV. P.O. BOX 128 PICKENS, SC 29671
01121 ALLEN-BRADLEY COMPANY 1201 2ND STREET SOUTH MILWAUKEE, WI 53204
01295 TEXAS INSTRUMENTS, INC.
SEMICONDUCTOR GROUP P.O. BOX 5012 DALLAS, TX 75222
02735 RCA CORPORATION, SOLID STATE DIVISION ROUTE 202 SOMERVILLE, NY 08876
03508 GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY, SEMI-CONDUCTOR
PRODUCTS DEPARTMENT ELECTRONICS PARK SYRACUSE, NY 13201
03888 KDI PYROFILM CORPORATION 60 S JEFFERSON ROAD WHIPPANY, NJ 07981
04222 AVX CERAMICS, DIVISION OF AVX CORP. P O BOX 867 MYRTLE BEACH, SC 29577
04713 MOTOROLA, INC., SEMICONDUCTOR PROD. DIV. 5005 E MCDOWELL RD,PO BOX 20923 PHOENIX, AZ 85036
07263 FAIRCHILD SEMICONDUCTOR, A DIV. OF
FAIRCHILD CAMERA AND INSTRUMENT CORP. 464 ELLIS STREET MOUNTAIN VIEW, CA 94042
07716 TRW ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS, IRC FIXED
RESISTORS, BURLINGTON DIV. 2850 MT. PLEASANT BURLINGTON, IA 52601
09353 C AND K COMPONENTS, INC. 103 MORSE STREET WATERTOWN, MA 02172
12697 CLAROSTAT MFG. CO., INC. LOWER WASHINGTON STREET DOVER, NH 03820
14099 SEMTECH CORP. 652 MITCHELL RD. NEWBURY PARK, CA 91320
14552 MICRO SEMICONDUCTOR CORP. 2830 E FAIRVIEW ST. SANTA ANA, CA 92704
14752 ELECTRO CUBE INC. 1710 S. DEL MAR AVE. SAN GABRIEL, CA 91776
14936 GENERAL INSTRUMENT CORP., SEMICONDUCTOR
PRODUCTS GROUP P.O. BOX 600,600 W. JOHN ST. HICKSVILLE, NY 11802
15238 ITT SEMICONDUCTORS, A DIVISION OF INTER
NATIONAL TELEPHONE AND TELEGRAPH CORP. P.O. BOX 168, 500 BROADWAY LAWRENCE, MA 01841
17856 SILICONIX, INC. 2201 LAURELWOOD DRIVE SANTA CLARA, CA 95054
19396 ILLINOIS TOOL WORKS, INC. PAKTRON DIV. 900 FOLLIN LANE, SE VIENNA, VA 22180
22229 SOLITRON DEVICES, INC.,
SEMICONDUCTOR GROUP 8808 BALBOA AVENUE SAN DIEGO OPERS, CA
92123
24138 INTERNATIONAL ELECTRONIC CORP. 316 S SERVICE RD,HUNTINGTON STA MELVILLE, L.I., NY 11746
24546 CORNING GLASS WORKS, ELECTRONIC
COMPONENTS DIVISION 550 HIGH STREET BRADFORD, PA 16701
24931 SPECIALITY CONNECTOR CO., INC. 2620 ENDRESS PLACE GREENWOOD, IN 46142
27014 NATIONAL SEMICONDUCTOR CORP. 2900 SEMICONDUCTOR DR. SANTA CLARA, CA 95051
32997 BOURNS, INC., TRIMPOT PRODUCTS DIV. 1200 COLUMBIA AVE. RIVERSIDE, CA 92507
50101 GHZ DEVICES, INC. 16 MAPLE ROAD SOUTH CHELMSFORD,MA
01824
51642 CENTRE ENGINEERING INC. 2820 E COLLEGE AVENUE STATE COLLEGE, PA 16801
55112 PLESSEY CAPACITORS, DIV. OF PLESSEY INC. 5334 STERLING CENTER DR. WEST LAKE VILLAGE, CA
91361
56289 SPRAGUE ELECTRIC CO. 87 MARSHALL ST. NORTH ADAMS, MA 01247
59660 TUSONIX INC. 2155 N FORBES BLVD TUCSON, AZ 85705
59821 CENTRALAB INC 7158 MERCHANT AVE EL PASO, TX 79915
SUB NORTH AMERICAN PHILIPS CORP
71400 BUSSMAN MFG., DIVISION OF MCGRAW-
EDISON CO. 2536 W. UNIVERSITY ST. ST. LOUIS, MO 63107
71590 CENTRALAB ELECTRONICS, DIV. OF
GLOBE-UNION, INC. P O BOX 858 FORT DODGE, IA 50501
72982 ERIE TECHNOLOGICAL PRODUCTS, INC. 644 W. 12TH ST. ERIE, PA 16512
73138 BECKMAN INSTRUMENTS, INC., HELIPOT DIV. 2500 HARBOR BLVD. FULLERTON, CA 92634
75915 LITTELFUSE, INC. 800 E. NORTHWEST HWY DES PLAINES, IL 60016
80009 TEKTRONIX, INC. P O BOX 500 BEAVERTON, OR 97077
80031 ELECTRA-MIDLAND CORP., MEPCO DIV. 22 COLUMBIA ROAD MORRISTOWN, NJ 07960
90201 MALLORY CAPACITOR CO., DIV. OF 3029 E. WASHINGTON STREET
P.R. MALLORY AND CO., INC. P. O. BOX 372 INDIANAPOLIS, IN 46206
91637 DALE ELECTRONICS, INC. P. O. BOX 609 COLUMBUS, NE 68601
93958 REPUBLIC ELECTRONICS CORPORATION 176 E 7TH STREET PATERSON, NJ 07524
95275 VITRAMON, INC. P O BOX 544 BRIDGEPORT, CT 06601
96733 SAN FERNANDO ELECTRIC MFG CO 1501 FIRST ST SAN FERNANDO, CA 91341
S3629 PANEL COMPONENTS CORP. 2015 SECOND ST. BERKELEY, CA 94170

REV SEP 1983

7-2
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P
Tektronix Serial/Model No. Mfr
Ckt No. Part No. Eff Dscont Name & Description Code Mfr Part Number

A1 670-4338-00 CKT BOARD ASSY:MAIN 80009 670-4338-00

A1 ---- ----- (OPTION 5 ONLY)
A1 670-4338-01 B102648 CKT BOARD ASSY:MAIN 80009 670-4338-01
A1 ---- ----- (OPTION 5 ONLY)
A1 670-3008-00 B010100 B020394 CKT BOARD ASSY:MAIN 80009 670-3008-00
A1 670-3008-01 B020395 B029999 CKT BOARD ASSY:MAIN 80009 670-3008-01

A1 670-3008-02 B030000 B069999 CKT BOARD ASSY:MAIN 80009 670-3008-02

A1 6703008-03 B070000 B081980 CKT BOARD ASSY:MAIN 80009 670-3008-03
A1 670-3008-04 B081981 B102647 CKT BOARD ASSY:MAIN 80009 670-3008-04
A1 670-3008-05 B102648 B114129 CKT BOARD ASSY:MAIN 80009 670-3008-05
A1 6703008-06 B114130 CKT BOARD ASSY:MAIN 80009 670-3008-06
A2 670-3009-00 B010100 B049999 CKT BOARD ASSY:VERTICAL AMPLUSLOW RAMP 80009 670-3009-00

A2 670-3009-01 B050000 B102647 CKT BOARD ASSY:VERTICAL AMPLUSLOW RAMP 80009 670-3009-01
A2 670-3009-02 B102648 B114112 CKT BOARD [Link] AMPUSLOW RAMP 80009 670-3009-02
A2 670-3009-03 B114113 CKT BOARD ASSY:VERTICAL AMPUSLOW RAMP 80009 670-3009-03
A3 670-3130-00 B010100 B099999 CKT BOARD ASSY:OUTPUT AMPLIFIER 80009 670-3130-00
A3 670-3130-02 B100000 B102647. CKT BOARD ASSY:OUTPUT AMPLIFIER 80009 670-3130-02
A3 670-3130-03 B102648 B113809 CKT BOARD ASSY:OUTPUT AMPLIFIER 80009 6703130-03

A3 670-3130-04 B113810 CKT BOARD ASSY:OUTPUT AMPLIFIER 80009 670-3130-00

A4 670-3010-00 B010100 B099999 CKT BOARD ASSY:SWEEP GEN 80009 670-3010-00
A4 670-3010-01 B100000 B102647 CKT BOARD ASSY:SWEEP GEN 80009 670-3010-01
A4 670-3010-02 B102648 CKT BOARD ASSY:SWEEP GEN 80009 670-3010-02
A5 670-3513-00 B010100 B029999 CKT BOARD ASSY:CHART RECORDER LOGIC 80009 670-3513-00
A5 670-3513-01 B030000 B102647 CKT BOARD ASSY:CHART RECORDER LOGIC 80009 670-3513-01

A5 670-3513-02 B102648 CKT BOARD ASSY:CHART RECORDER LOGIC 80009 670-3513-02

A6 670-3520-00 B010100 B020394 CKT BOARD ASSY:POWER 80009 670-3520-00
A6 670-3520-01 B020395 B102647 CKT BOARD ASSY:POWER 80009 670-3520-01
A6 670-3520-02 B102648 CKT BOARD ASSY:POWER 80009 670-3520-02
A7 670-3865-00 B010100 B102647 CKT BOARD ASSY:X-Y PLUG IN 80009 670-3865-00
A7 670-3865-01 B102648 CKT BOARD ASSY:X-Y PLUG IN 80009 670-3865-01

A9 670-6592-00 B110000 CKT BOARD ASSY:POWER FUSE JACK 80009 670-6592-00

A10 670-0364-00 B113073 CKT BOARD ASSY:RESISTANCE SOCKET 80009 670-0364-00
A10 (NO ELECTRICAL PARTS)

A1 670-4338-00 B010100 B102647 CKT BOARD ASSY:MAIN 80009 670-4338-00

A1 (OPTION 5 ONLY)
A1 670-4338-01 B102648 CKT BOARD ASSY:MAIN 80009 670-4338-01
A1 (OPTION 5 ONLY)
A1 670-3008-00 B010100 B020394 CKT BOARD ASSY:MAIN 80009 670-3008-00
A1 670-3008-01 B020395 B029999 CKT BOARD ASSY:MAIN 80009 670-3008-01
A1 670-3008-02 B030000 B069999 CKT BOARD ASSY:MAIN 80009 670-3008-02

A1 670-3008-03 B070000 B081980 CKT BOARD ASSY:MAIN 80009 670-3008-03

A1 670-3008-04 B081981 B102647 CKT BOARD ASSY:MAIN 80009 670-3008-04
A1 670-3008-05 B102648 CKT BOARD ASSY:MAIN 80009 670-3008-05
C1155 290-0534-00 CAP.,FXD,ELCTLT:1UF,20%,35V 56289 196D105X0035HA1
C1161 290-0534-00 CAP.,FXD,ELCTLT:lUF,20%,35V 56289 196D105X0035HA1
C1237 283-0622-00 CAP.,FXD,MICA D:450PF,1%,300V 00853 D155F451FO

C1313 283-0204-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.01UF,20%,50V 96733 R2676

C1325 285-1062-00 CAP.,FXD,PLSTC:0.005UF,0.1%,200V 19396 502F02PP460
C1332 281-0205-00 CAP.,VAR,PLSTC:5.5-65PF,100V 80031 281OC5R565QJ02FO
C1341 283-0111-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.1UF,20%,50V 56289 273C11
C1345 283-0177-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:1UF,+80-20%,25V 56289 2C20Z5U105Z025B

REV SEP 1983

7-3
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P
Tektronix Serial/Model No. Mfr
Ckt No. Part No. Eff Dscont Name & Description Code Mfr Part Number

C1435 283-0003-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.01UF,+80-20%,150V 59821 2DDH66J103Z

C1464 283-0154-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:22PF,5%,50V 72982 8111B061C0G220J
C1504 283-0119-00 B030000 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:2200PF,5%,200V 59660 855-536Y5E0222J
C1506 290-0530-00 B020395 CAP.,FXD,ELCTLT:68UF,20%,6V 90201 TDC686M006NLF
C1507 283-0176-00 CAP.,FXD,CER D1:0.0022UF,20%,50V 56289 272C5
C1508 283-0111-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.1UF,20%,50V 56289 273C11

C1531 285-0598-00 CAP.,FXD,PLSTC:.O01UF,5%,100OOV 19396 DU490B103J

C1534 283-0201-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:27PF,10%,200V 51642 W150-200 X7R270K
C1542 283-0201-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:27PF,10%,200V 51642 W150-200 X7R270K
C1543 283-0196-00 CAP.,FXD,CER Dl:270PF,10%,50V 72982 8101B057X7R0271K
C1546 283-0204-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.01UF,20%,50V 96733 R2676
C1551 283-0060-00 CAP.,FXD,CER Dl:100PF,5%,200V 59660 855-535U2J101J

C1555 283-0111-00 B010100 B020394 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.1UF,20%,50V 56289 273C11

C1556 283-0067-00 CAP.,FXD,CER Dl:0.001UF,10%,200V 59660 835-515-Z5DO102K
C1566 290-0723-00 CAP.,FXD,ELCTLT:15OUF,20%,6V 56289 196D157X0006PE3
C1567 283-0067-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.001UF,10%,200V 59660 835-515-Z5D0102K
C1572 283-0032-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:470PF,5%,500V 59660 0831085Z5E00471J
C1581 281-0523-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:1OOPF,+/-20PF,500V 72982 301-00OU2M0101M

C1592 281-0523-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:100PF,+/-20PF,500V 72982 301-00OU2M0101M

C1596 281-0546-00 B010100 B029999 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:330PF,10%,500V 04222 7001-1380
C1596 281-0580-00 B030000 B114129 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:470PF,10%,500V 04222 7001-1374
C1596 283-0597-00 B114130 CAP.,FXD,MICA D:470PF,10%,300V 00853 D155F471KO
C1605 290-0723-00 CAP.,FXD,ELCTLT:150UF,20%,6V 56289 196D157X0006PE3
C1609 283-0160-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:1.5PF,10%,50V 93958 1C15RB

C1625 283-0003-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.01UF,+80-20%,150V 59821 2DDH66J103Z

C1630 283-0195-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI680PF,5%,50V 72982 8121N075COG0681J
C1631 283-0139-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:150PF,20%,50V 51642 W100-050-X5F151M
C1632 283-0139-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI-150PF,20%,50V 51642 W100-050-X5F151M
C1633 283-0318-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:10PF,100V 04222 ULA151A1OOK2
C1634 283-0318-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:10PF,100V 04222 ULA151A1OOK2

C1635 283-0175-00 CAP.,FXD,CER Dl:10PF,5%,200V 96733 TDR43BY100DP

C1636 283-0175-00 CAP.,FXD,CER 01:10PF,5%,200V 96733 TDR43BY100DP
C1637 283-0260-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:5.6PF,5%,200V 51642 150 200NP0569C
C1638 283-0260-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:5.6PF,5%,200V 51642 150 200NP0569C
C1639 283-0195-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:680PF,5%,50V 72982 8121N075COG0681J
C1641 290-0534-00 CAP.,FXD,ELCTLT: 1UF,20%,35V 56289 196D105X0035HA1

C1642 283-0252-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI 1000PF,10%,50V 04222 ULA105C102K2T60

C1643 283-0320-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI 1PF,50V,LEADLESS 95275 VJO805A1ROC-H
C1645 283-0191-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.022UF,20%,50V 72982 8121N075Z5U0223M
C1646 283-0070-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:30PF,10%,50V 72982 8121-060COG0300K
C1647 283-0070-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:30PF,10%,50V 72982 8121-060COG0300K
C1648 283-0157-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:7PF,5%,500V 59660 8111B065COH0709D

C1652 283-0067-00 CAP.,FXD,CER Dl.0.001UF,10%,200V 59660 835-515-Z5D0102K

C1655 283-0003-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.01UF,-t80-20%,150V 59821 2DDH66J103Z
C1661 290-0723-00 CAP.,FXD,ELCTLT.150UF,20%,6V 56289 196D157X0006PE3
C1662 283-0067-00 B010100 B029999 CAP.,FXD,CER DI.0.001UF,10%,200V 59660 835-515-Z5D0102K
C1675 281-0523-00 CAP,FXD,CER DI:100PF, t/-20PF,500V 72982 301-00OU2M0101M
C1701 283-0320-00 CAP ,FXD,CER Dl:fPF,50V,LEADLESS 95275 VJ0805A1ROC-H

C1706 283-0354-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:47PF,100V 04222 ULA151A4R7D2

CR1359 152-0141-02 SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON,30V,150MA 01295 1N4152R
CR1609 152-0140-01 SEMICOND DEVICE TUNNEL,8PF,1OMA 03508 SMTD995
CR1632 152-0335-01 SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON,SNAP-OFF,40V 50101 GC20279
CR1691 152-0141-02 SEMICOND [Link],30V,150MA 01295 1N4152R
CR1703 152-0489-00 SEMICOND DEVICE:TNL,GE,21MA,1.5PF W/GND 80009 152-0489-00

CR1732 152-0631-00 SEMICOND DEVICE:SILICON,GATE,CER PKG 80009 152-0631-00

REV SEP 1983

7-4
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P
Tektronix Serial/Model No. Mfr
Ckt No. Part No. Eff Dscont Name & Description Code Mfr Part Number

Q1317 151-0302-00 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,NPN 07263 S038487

01325 151-0192-00 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,NPN,SEL FROM MPS652 04713 SPS8801
01328 151-0325-00 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,PNP,SEL FROM 2N4258 80009 151-0325-00
01329 151-0325-00 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,PNP,SEL FROM 2N4258 80009 151-0325-00
Q1336 151-0192-00 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,NPN,SEL FROM MPS652 04713 SPS8801
01337 151-04414)0 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,NPN 04713 SRF501

Q1338 151-03254)0 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,PNP,SEL FROM 2N4258 80009 151-0325-00

01339 151-0301-00 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,PNP 27014 2N2907A
01347 151-0192-00 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,NPN,SEL FROM MPS652 04713 SPS8801
01348 151-0192-00 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,NPN,SEL FROM MPS652 04713 SPS8801
01355 151-0301-00 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,PNP 27014 2N2907A
Q1357 151-0301-00 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,PNP 27014 2N2907A

01358 151-0301-00 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,PNP 27014 2N2907A

Q1413 151-0301-00 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,PNP 27014 2N2907A
Q1425 151-0192-00 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,NPN,SEL FROM MPS652 04713 SPS8801
01431 151-0192-00 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,NPN,SEL FROM MPS652 04713 SPS8801
01443 151-0325-00 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,PNP,SEL FROM 2N4258 80009 151-0325-00
01444 151-0325400 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,PNP,SEL FROM 2N4258 80009 151-0325-00

01447 151-0192-00 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,NPN,SEL FROM MPS652 04713 SPS8801

01448 151-0192-00 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,NPN,SEL FROM MPS652 04713 SPS8801
Q1502 151-0301-00 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,PNP 27014 2N2907A
01504 151-0301-00 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,PNP 27014 2N2907A
01529 151-0347-00 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,NPN 56289 2N5551
01535 151-0271-00 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,PNP 04713 SPS8236

Q1537 153-0558-00 B010100 B081649 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,5V,SEL 80009 153-0556-00

Q1537 153-0556401 B081650 TRANSISTOR:2N2501,SELECTED 80009 153-0556-01
01539 151-0301-00 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,PNP 27014 2N2907A
01544 151-0441-00 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,NPN 04713 SRF501
01553 151-0410-00 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,PNP 80009 151-0410-00
1556 151-03024-00 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,NPN 07263 S038487

01583 151-0302-00 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,NPN 07263 S038487

01589 151-0302-00 B010100 8029999 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,NPN 07263 S038487
01595 151-0301-00 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,PNP 27014 2N2907A
01597 151-0302-00 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,NPN 07263 S038487
Q1802 151-0410-00 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,PNP 80009 151-0410-00
01603 151-0410-00 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,PNP 80009 151-0410-00

Q1608 151-0325-00 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,PNP,SEL FROM 2N4258 80009 151-0325-00

01643 151-0301-00 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,PNP 27014 2N2907A
Q1648 151-1054-01 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,JFE,N-CHANNEL,DUAL 22229 FD1764
01656 151-0301-00 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,PNP 27014 2N2907A
01675 151-0302-00 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,NPN 07263 S038487
01683 151-0302-00 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,NPN 07263 S038487

Q1688 151-0301-00 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,PNP 27014 2N2907A

Q1693 151-1022-00 TRANSISTOR:FET,N-CHAN,SI,F1782,T0-18 17856 FN1234
Q1695 151-0301-00 - TRANSISTOR:SILICON,PNP 27014 2N2907A
R1129 315-0271-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:270 OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB2715
R1132 311-1559-40 - RES.,VAR,NONWIR:10K OHM,20%,0.50W 73138 91-81-0
R1135 315-0223-00 B010100 B069999 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:22K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB2235

R1135 315-0682-00 B070000 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:6.8K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB6825

R1138 321-0135-00 B010100 B069999 RES.,FXD,FILM:249 OHM,1%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816G249ROF
R1138 3154)121-00 B070000 B081980 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:120 OHM,5"',0.25W 01121 CB1215
R1138 321-0172-00 B081981 RES.,FXD,FILM:604 OHM,1%,C 25W 91637 MFF1816G604ROF
R1144 321-0193-00 RES.,FXD,FILM:1K OHM,1%,0.1. SW 91637 MFF1816G10000F
R1148 3214208400 RES.,FXD,FILM:1.43K OHM,1%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816G14300F

REV SEP 1983

7-5
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P
Tektronix Serial/Model No. Mfr
Ckt No. Part No. Eff Dscont Name & Description Code Mfr Part Number

R1148 321-1210-01 RES.,FXD,FILM:1.52K OHM,0.5%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816G15200D

R1152 315-0104-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:100K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1045
R1216 321-0242-00 RES.,FXD,FILM:3.24K OHM,1%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816G32400F
R1217 321-0271-00 RES.,FXD,FILM:6.49K OHM,1%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816G64900F
R1218 321-0300-00 RES.,FXD,FILM:13K OHM,1%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816G13001F
R1218 321-0309-00 RES.,FXD,FILM:16.2K OHM,1%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816G16201F

R1218 (OPTION 5 ONLY)

R1219 321-0338-00 RES.,FXD,FILM:32.4K OHM,1%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816G32401F
R1226 321-0367-00 RES.,FXD,FILM:64.9K OHM,1%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816G64901F
R1227 321-0396-00 RES.,FXD,FILM:130K OHM,1%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816G13002F
R1227 321-0405-00 RES.,FXD,FILM:162K OHM,1%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816G16202F
R1227 (OPTION 5 ONLY)

R1235 321-0286-00 B010100 B069999 RES.,FXD,FILM:9.31K OHM,1%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816G93100F

R1235 315-0472-00 B070000 B081980 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:4.7K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB4725
R1235 321-0255-00 B081981 RES.,FXD,FILM:4.42K OHM,1%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816G44200F
R1239 321-0289-00 RES.,FXD,FILM:10K OHM,1%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816G10001F
R1312 321-0242-00 RES.,FXD,FILM:3.24K OHM,1%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816G32400F
R1312 321-0213-00 RES.,FXD,FILM:1.62K OHM,1%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816G16200F

R1312 (OPTION 5 ONLY)

R1315 311-1560-00 RES.,VAR,NONWIR:5K OHM,20%,0.50W 73138 91-82-0
R1318 315-0682-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:6.8K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB6825
R1319 315-0273-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:27K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB2735
R1323 321-0434-00 RES.,FXD,FILM:324K OHM,1%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816G32402F
R1324 321-0463-00 RES.,FXD,FILM:649K OHM,1%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816G64902F

R1326 315-0183-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:18K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1835

R1333 315-0102-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1025
R1335 315-0180-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:18 OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1805
R1338 315-0183-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:18K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121. CB1835
R1341 315-0102-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:IK OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1025
R1342 321-0164-00 B010100 B081980 RES.,FXD,FILM:499 OHM,1%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816G499ROF

R1342 321-0210-00 B081981 RES.,FXD,FILM:1.5K OHM,1%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816G15000F

R1352 315-0473-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:47K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB4735
R1353 315-0473-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:47K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB4735
R1354 315-0473-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:47K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB4735
R1355 315-0103-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:10K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1035
R1358 315-0222-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:2.2K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB2225

R1422 315-0821-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:820 OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB8215

R1431 315-0133-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:13K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1335
R1431 321-0196-00 RES.,FXD,FILM:1.07K OHM,1%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816G10700F
R1431 (OPTION 5 ONLY)
R1432 321-0204-00 RES.,FXD,FILM:1.3K OHM,1%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816G13000F
R1434 321-0277-00 RES.,FXD,FILM:7.5K OHM,1%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816G75000F

R1435 311-1562-00 RES.,VAR,NONWIR:2K OHM,20%,0.50W 73138 91-84-0

R1437 315-0821-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:820 OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB8215
R1441 321-0258-00 RES.,FXD,FILM:4.75K OHM,1%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816G47500F
R1442 315-0821-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:820 OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB8215
R1443 315-0821-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:820 OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB8215
R1445 315-0682-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:6.8K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB6825

R1462 315-0223-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:22K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB2235

R1463 315-0473-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:47K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB4735
R1502 315-0332-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:3.3K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB3325
R1507 321-0253-00 RES.,FXD,FILM:4.22K OHM,1%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816G42200F
R1508 321-0209-00 RES.,FXD,FILM:1.47K OHM,1%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816G14700F

REV SEP 1983

7-6
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P
Tektronix Serial/Model No. Mfr
Ckt No. Part No. Eff Dscont Name & Description Code Mfr Part Number

R1509 315-0510-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:51 OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB5105

R1525 311-1275-00 RES.,VAR,NONWIR:1M OHM,10%,0.50W 32997 3329P-L58-105
R1528 315-0105-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1M OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1055
R1533 315-0103-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:10OK OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1035
R1536 317-0332-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:3.3K OHM,5%,0.125W 01121 BB3325
R1537 317-0332-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:3.3K OHM,5%,0.125W 01121 BB3325
R1538 311-1267-00 RES.,VAR,NONWIR:5K OHM,10%,0.50W 32997 3329P-L58-502
R1539 315-0101-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:100 OHM,5%,0. 25W 01121 CB1015
R1540 315-0563-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:56K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB5635
R1541 315-0222-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:2.2K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB2225
R1542 315-0183-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:18K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1835
R1543 311-1266-00 RES.,VAR,NONWIR:2.5K OHM,10%,0.50W 32997 3329P-L58-252
R1544 315-0103-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:10K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1035
R1545 315-0472-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:4.7K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB4725
R1546 315-0103-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:10K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1035
R1547 315-0101-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:100 OHM,5%,0. 25W 01121 CB1015
R1548 315-0102-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1025
R1549 315-0472-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:4.7K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB4725

R1553 315-0510-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:51 OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB5105

R1556 315-0473-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:47K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB4735
R1558 315-0103-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:10K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1035
R1559 315-0103-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:10K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1035
R1574 315-0103-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:10K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1035
R1577 315-0104-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:100K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1045

R1582 315-0103-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:10OK OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1035

R1584 315-0472-00 B010100 B029999 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:4.7K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB4725
R1587 315-0472-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:4.7K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB4725
R1588 321-0263-00 RES.,FXD,FILM:5.36K OHM,1%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816G53600F
R1593 315-0103-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:10K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1035
R1594 315-0102-00 B010100 B029999 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1025
R1594 315-0681-00 B030000 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:680 OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB6815
R1597 321-0258-00 RES.,FXD,FILM:4.75K OHM,1%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816G47500F
R1598 321-0250-00 8010100 B029999 RES.,FXD,FILM:3.92K OHM,1%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816G39200F
R1598 315-0100-00 B030000 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:10 OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1005
R1599 321-0248-00 B010100 B029999 RES.,FXD,FILM:3.74K OHM,1%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816G37400F
R1601 315-0151-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:150 OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1515

R1602 315-0332-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:3.3K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB3325

R1604 . 315-0361-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:360 OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB3615
R1606 317-0103-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:10K OHM,5%,0.125W 01121 BB1035
R1607 317-0470-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:47 OHM,5%,0.125W 01121 BB4705
R1608 317-0391-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:390 OHM,5%,0.125W 01121 BB3915
R1625 317-0430-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:43 OHM,5%,0.125W 01121 BB4305
R1630 317-0107-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:100M OHM,5%,0.125W 01121 BB1075
R1631 317-0120-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:12 OHM,5%,0.125W 01121 BB1205
R1632 317-0120-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:12 OHM,5%,0.125W 01121 BB1205
R1633 317-0430-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:43 OHM,5%,0.125W 01121 BB4305
R1635 317-0151-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:150 OHM,5%,0.125W 01121 BB1515
R1636 317-0151-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:150 OHM,5%,0.125W 01121 BB1515

R1637 317-0151-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:150 OHM,5%,0.125W 01121 BB1515

R1638 317-0151-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:150 OHM,5%,0.125W 01121 BB1515
R1639 317-0107-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:100M OHM,5%,0.125W 01121 BB1075
R1641 317-0201-00 B060986 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:200 OHM,5%,0.125W 01121 BB2015
R1643 317-0201-00 B060986 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:200 OHM,5%,0.125W 01121 BB2015
R1645 315-0242-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:2.4K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB2425

REV SEP 1983

7-7
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P
Tektronix Serial/Model No. Mfr
Ckt No. Part No. Eff Dscont Name & Description Code Mfr Part Number

R1651 315-0472-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:4.7K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 C84725

R1654 315-0103-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1OK OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1035
R1656 315-0103-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:10K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1035
R1657 311-1266-00 RES.,VAR,NONWIfR:22.5K OHM,10%,0.50W 32997 3329P-L58-252
R1659 311-1562-00 RES.,VAR,NONWIR:2K OHM,20%,0.50W 73138 91-84-0
R1674 315-0103-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:10K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1035

R1681 321-0221-00 RES.,FXD,FILM:1.96K OHM,1%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816G19600F

R1682 321-0148-00 RES.,FXD,FILM:340 OHM,1%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816G340ROF
R1683 321-0234-00 RES.,FXD,FILM:2.67K OHM,1%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816G26700F
R1684 321-0251-00 RES.,FXD,FILM:4.02K OHM,1%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816G40200F
R1685 315-0103-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:10OK OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1035
R1691 315-0433-00 B010100 8029999 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:43K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB4335

R1691 315-0133-00 B030000 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:13K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1335

R1692 311-1560-00 RES.,VAR,NONWIR:5K OHM,20%,0.50W 73138 9142-0
R1693 315-0620-00 B010100 B029999 RES.,FXD,CMPSN.62 OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB6205
R1693 315-0101-00 B030000 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:100 OHM,5%,0. 25W 01121 CB1015
R1701 307-0099-00 RES.,FXD,FILM:2.7 OHM,5%,0.25W 03888 125R250T48ROOF
R1702 317-0221-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:220 OHM,5%,0.125W 01121 B82215

R1703 317-0027-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:2.7 OHM,5%,0.125W 01121 BB2R705

R1704 317-0390-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:39 OHM,5%,0.125W 01121 883905
R1707 317-0751-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:750 OHM,5%,0.125W 01121 8B7515
R1752 317-0103-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:10OK OHM,5%,0.125W 01121 BB1035
R1753 317-0202-00 8010100 8029999 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:2K OHM,5%Y,0.125W 01121 882025
R1753 317-0152-00 B030000 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1.5K OHM,5%,0.125W 01121 BB1525
S1222 263-1109-00 SW CAM ACTR AS: 80009 263-1109-00
S1251 263-0013-05 ACTR ASSY,PB:3 LATCHING,10 MM,6 CONTACT 80009 263-0013-05
T1538 120-0544-00 XFMR,TOROID: 80009 1204-0544-00
U1344 1560067-00 B010100 B082049 MICROCIRCUIT,LI:OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER 01295 MICROA741CP
U1344 156-0067-12 B082050 MICROCIRCUIT,LI:OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER 01295 UA741CJG
U1569 156-0519-00 B010100 B102647 MICROCIRCUIT,DI:PRESETTABLE DIV-BY-N-CNTR 80009 156-0519-00

U1569 156-0519-01 B102648 MICROCIRCUIT,DI:PRESET DIVIDE-BY-N CNTR 80009 15680519-01

U1575 156-0349-00 MICROCIRCUIT,DI:OUAD 2-INPUT NOR GATE 27014 CD4001CJ
U1671 156-0350-00 8010100 B102647 MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD 2-INPUT NAND GATE 80009 156-0350-00
U1671 1560350-02 B102648 MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD 2 INPUT NAND GATE,SEL 80009 156-0350-02
VR1531 152-0513-00 SEMICOND DEVICE:ZENER,1W,91V,5% 80009 152-0513-00

REV SEP 1983

7-8
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P
Tektronix Serial/Model No. Mfr
Ckt No. Part No. Eff Dscont Name & Description Code Mfr Part Number

A2 6703009-00 B010100 B049999 CKT BOARD ASSY:VERTICAL AMPLISLOW RAMP 80009 6703009-00
A2 6703009-01 B050000 B102647 CKT BOARD ASSY:VERTICAL AMPUSLOW RAMP 80009 6703009-01
A2 6704009-02 B102648 CKT BOARD ASSY:VERTICAL AMPUSLOW RAMP 80009 670-3009-02
C2137 2O3-0000-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.001UF,+100-0%,500V 59660 831610YSU0102P
C2138 290-0530-0 CAP.,FXD,ELCTLT:68UF,20%,6V 90201 TDC686M006NLF
C2146 283-0111-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.1UF,20%,50V 56289 273C11

C2147 290-0530-00 CAP.,FXD,ELCTLT:68UF,20%,6V 90201 TDC686M006NLF

C2158 283-0340-00 B010201 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:45PF,5%,1000V 59660 0808505COG0450J
C2229 290-0530-00 CAP.,FXD,ELCTLT:68UF,20%,6V 90201 TDC686M006NLF
C2232 290-0530-00 CAP.,FXD,ELCTLT:68UF,20%,6V 90201 TDC686M006NLF
C2241 283-0111-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.1UF,20%,50V 56289 273C11
C2252 285-1056-00 CAP.,FXD,PLSTC:1 UF,2%,50V 14752 650BIAI05G

C2325 2900534-00 CAP.,FXD,ELCTLT:1 UF,20%,35V 56289 196D105X0035HA1

C2345 290-0512-00 B050000 CAP.,FXD,ELCTLT:22UF,20%,15V 56289 196D226X0015KA1
C2349 283-0116-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:47PF,5%o,200V 59660 805-519-COG0470J
C2351 283-0204-0 B010100 B114112 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.01UF,20%,50V 96733 R2676
C2351 285-1256-00 8114113 CAP.,FXD,MTLZD:0.01UF,10%,100v 55112 168/.01 K63B
C2356 283-0624-00 CAP.,FXD,MICA D:1300PF,2%,500V 00853 D195F132G0
CR2161 152-0141-02 SEMICOND DEVICE:SILICON,30V,150MA 01295 1N4152R
CR2216 152-0141-02 SEMICOND DEVICE:SILICON,30V,150MA 01295 1N4152R
CR2217 152-0141-02 SEMICOND DEVICE:SILICON,30V,150MA 01295 1N4152R
CR2262 152-0141-02 SEMICOND DEVICE:SILICON,30V,150MA 01295 1N4152R
CR2324 152-0141-02 SEMICOND DEVICE:SILICON,30V,150MA 01295 1N4152R
CR2341 152-0141-02 SEMICOND DEVICE:SILICON,30V,150OMA 01295 1N4152R

CR2344 152-0141-02 B050000 SEMICOND DEVICE:SILICON,30V,150MA 01295 1N4152R

CR2353 152-0141-02 SEMICOND DEVICE:SILICON,30V,150MA 01295 1N4152R
02246 151-1054-00 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,JFE,N-CHANNEL,DUAL 17856 DN1114
Q2248 151-1022-00 TRANSISTOR:FET,N-CHAN,SI,F1782,TO-18 17856 FN1234
02249 151-1022-00 TRANSISTOR:FET,N-CHAN,SI,F1782,T0-18 17856 FN1234
02257 151-1022-00 TRANSISTOR:FET,N-CHAN,SI,F1782,TO-18 17856 FN1234

02258 151-1022-00 TRANSISTOR:FET,N-CHAN,SI,F1782,T0-18 17856 FN1234

Q2259 151-0410-00 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,PNP 80009 151-0410-00
Q2261 151-0410-00 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,PNP 80009 151-0410-00
02262 151-0410-00 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,PNP 80009 151-0410-00
02341 151-0410-00 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,PNP 80009 151-0410-00
02342 151-0410-00 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,PNP 80009 151-0410-00

Q2345 151-0410-00 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,PNP 80009 151-0410-00

R2137 315-0623-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:62K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB6235
R2138 315-0203-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:20K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB2035
R2139 315-0153-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:15K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1535
R2142 315-0123-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:12K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1235
R2144 315-0393-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:39K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB3935

R2146 315-0103-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:IOK OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1035

R2149 316-0186-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:18M OHM,10%,0.25W 01121 CB1861
R2157 31540473-00 B010100 B020384 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:47K OHM,5%/o,0.25W 01121 CB4735
R2157 315-0333-00 B020385 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:33K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB3335
R2158 321-0422-00 RES.,FXD,FILM:243K OHM,1%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816G24302F
R2166 315-0185-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1.8M OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1855
R2220 315-0105-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1M OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1055
R2221 321-0310-00 RES.,FXD,FILM:16.5K OHM,1%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816G16501F
R2222 321-0298-00 RES.,FXD,FILM:12.4K OHM,1%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816G12401F
R2223 321-0293-00 RES.,FXD,FILM:11K OHM,1%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816G11001F
R2224 321-0291-00 RES.,FXD,FILM:10.5K OHM,1%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816G10501F
R2225 315-0330-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:33 OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB3305
R2226 321-0290-00 RES.,FXD,FILM:10.2K OHM,1%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816G10201F

REV SEP 1983

7-9
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P
Tektronix Serial/Model No. Mfr
Ckt No. Part No. Eff Dscont Name & Description Code Mfr Part Number

R2227 321-0614-00 RES.,FXD,FILM:10.1K OHM,1%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816G10101F

R2228 321-0481-00 RES.,FXD,FILM:1M OHM,1%,0.125W 24546 NA4D10O04F
R2229 321-0289-00 RES.,FXD,FILM:10K OHM,1%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816G10001F
R2233 315-0103-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:10K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1035
R2235 315-0330-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:33 OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB3305
R2236 315-0104-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:100K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1045

R2237 315-0104-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:100K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1045

R2242 315-0333-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:33K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB3335
R2247 315-0105-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1M OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1055
R2251 315-0155-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1.5M OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1555
R2258 315-0223-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:22K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB2235
R2266 315-0105-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1M OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1055

R2267 321-0318-00 RES.,FXD,FILM:20K OHM,1%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816G20001F

R2311 315-0682-00 B010100 B049999 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:6.8K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB6825
R2311 ----- B050000 SELECTED
R2321 321-0452-00 RES.,FXD,FILM:499K OHM,1%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816G49902F
R2322 321-0423-00 B010100 B049999 RES.,FXD,FILM:249K OHM,1%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816G24902F
R2322 321-0618-04 B050000 RES.,FXD,FILM:250K OHM,0.1%,0.125W 07716 OBD
R2323 321-0385-00 RES.,FXD,FILM:100K OHM,1%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816G10002F
R2324 315-0224-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:220K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB2245
R2325 321-0356-00 RES.,FXD,FILM:49.9K OHM,1%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816G49901F
R2326 321-0327-00 RES.,FXD,FILM:24.9K OHM,1%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816G24901F
R2337 315-0104-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:100K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1045
R2345 315-0103-00 B050000 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:10OK OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1035

R2346 315-0105-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1M OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1055

R2347 315-0105-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1M OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1055
R2348 315-0105-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1M OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1055
R2353 325-0199-00 RES.,FXD,FILM:24M OHM,2%,0.25W 03888 PVC60-G24004G
R2354 315-0272-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:2.7K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB2725
R2355 315-0223-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:22K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB2235

R2361 321-0321-00 RES.,FXD,FILM:21.5K OHM,1%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816G21501F

S2126 263-1108-00 SW CAM ACTR AS: 80009 263-1108-00
S2254 260-1445-02 SWITCH,PUSH:DPDT,W/8 POLE SPRING 80009 260-1445-02
U2131 156-0067-00 B010100 B082049 MICROCIRCUIT,LI:OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER 01295 MICROA741CP
U2131 156-0067-12 B082050 MICROCIRCUIT,LI:OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER 01295 UA741CJG
U2136 156-0067-00 B010100 B082049 MICROCIRCUIT,LI:OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER 01295 MICROA741CP

U2136 156-0067-12 B082050 MICROCIRCUIT,LI:OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER 01295 UA741CJG

U2143 156-0067-00 B010100 B082049 MICROCIRCUIT,LI:OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER 01295 MICROA741CP
U2143 156-0067-12 B082050 MICROCIRCUIT,LI OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER 01295 UA741CJG
U2332 156-0350-00 B010100 B102647 MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD 2-INPUT NAND GATE 80009 156-0350-00
U2332 156-0350-02 B102648 MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD 2 INPUT NAND GATE,SEL 80009 156-0350-02
VR2212 152-0149-00 B010100 B049999 SEMICOND DEVICE:ZENER,0.4W,10V,5% 04713 SZG35009K3

VR2212 152-0149-00 B050000 SEMICOND DEVICE:ZENER,0.4W,10V,5% 04713 SZG35009K3

VR2212 ---- ----- (SELECTED)

REV SEP 1983

7-10
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P
Tektronix Serial/Model No. Mfr
Ckt No. Part No. Eff Dscont Name & Description Code Mfr Part Number

A3 670-3130-00 B010100 B099999 CKT BOARD ASSY:OUTPUT AMPLIFIER 80009 670-3130-00

A3 670-3130-02 B100000 B102647 CKT BOARD ASSY:OUTPUT AMPLIFIER 80009 670-3130-02
A3 670-3130-03 B102648 B113809 CKT BOARD ASSY:OUTPUT AMPLIFIER 80009 670-3130-03
A3 6703130-04 B113810 CKT BOARD ASSY:OUTPUT AMPLIFIER 80009 670-3130-00
C3132 283-0067-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.001UF,10%,200V 59660 835-515-Z5D0102K
C3219 283-0116-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:820PF,5%,500V 59660 801547B821J

C3226 283-0116-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:820PF,5%,500V 59660 801547B821J

C3233 283-0114-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.0015UF,5%,200V 59660 805534Y5DO152J
C3241 290-0534-00 CAP.,FXD,ELCTLT:1UF,20%,35V 56289 196D105X0035HA1
C3246 290-0534-00 CAP.,FXD,ELCTLT:1 UF,20%,35V 56289 196D105X0035HA1
Q3113 151-0341-00 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,NPN 07263 S040065
Q3114 151-0341-00 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,NPN 07263 S040065

03118 151-0279-00 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,NPN 01295 SGC2622

Q3137 151-0341-00 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,NPN 07263 S040065
Q3139 151-0341-00 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,NPN 07263 S040065
Q3221 151-0279-00 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,NPN 01295 SGC2622
03232 151-0279-00 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,NPN 01295 SGC2622
03235 151-0341-00 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,NPN 07263 S040065

03236 151-0279-00 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,NPN 01295 SGC2622

R3112 321-0280-00 B010100 B099999 RES.,FXD,FILM:8.06K OHM,1%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816G80600F
R3112 321-0251-00 B100000 B113809 RES.,FXD,FILM:4.02K OHM,1%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816G40200F
R3112 321-0263-00 B113810 RES.,FXD,FILM:5.36K OHM,1%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816G53600F
R3114 321-0251-00 B010100 B099999 RES.,FXD,FILM:4.02K OHM,1%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816G40200F
R3114 321-0222-00 B100000 B113809 RES.,FXD,FILM:2K OHM,1%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816G20000F

R3114 321-0178-00 B113810 RES.,FXD,FILM:698 OHM,1%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816G698ROF

R3115 321-0251-00 B010100 B099999 RES.,FXD,FILM:4.02K OHM,1%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816G40200F
R3115 321-0222-00 B100000 B113809 RES.,FXD,FILM:2K OHM,1%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816G20000F
R3115 321-0178-00 B113810 RES.,FXD,FILM:698 OHM,1%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816G698ROF
R3116 321-0306-00 B010100 B099999 RES.,FXD,FILM:15K OHM,1%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816G15001F
R3116 321-0277-00 B100000 RES.,FXD,FILM:7.5K OHM,1%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816G75000F

R3121 315-0474-00 B010100 B099999 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:470K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB4745

R3121 321-0420-00 B100000 RES.,FXD,FILM:232K OHM,1%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816G23202F
R3122 315-0474-00 B010100 B099999 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:470K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB4745
R3122 321-0420-00 B100000 RES.,FXD,FILM:232K OHM,1%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816G23202F
R3124 315-0203-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:20K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB2035
R3126 315-0123-00 B010100 B099999 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:12K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1235

R3126 321-0267-00 B100000 RES.,FXD,FILM:5.9K OHM,1%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816G59000F

R3131 315-0103-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:10K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1035
R3133 315-0754-00 B010100 B099999 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:750K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB7545
R3133 321-0440-00 B100000 RES.,FXD,FILM:374K OHM,1%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816G37402F
R3134 315-0754-00 B010100 B099999 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:750K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB7545
R3134 321-0440-00 B100000 RES.,FXD,FILM:374K OHM,!%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816G37402F

R3135 321-0308-00 B010100 B099999 RES.,FXD,FILM:15.8K OHM,1%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816G15801F

R3135 321-0279-00 B100000 RES.,FXD,FILM:7.87K OHM,1%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816G78700F
R3136 315-0104-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:100K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1045
R3138 315-0104-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:100K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1045
R3139 321-0251-00 B010100 B099999 RES.,FXD,FILM:4.02K OHM,1%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816G40200F
R3139 321-0222-00 B100000 RES.,FXD,FILM:2K OHM,1%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816G20000F

R3142 315-0102-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1025

R3143 311-1556-00 RES.,VAR,NONWIR:50K OHM,20%,0.50W 73138 91-78-0
R3146 321-0251-00 B010100 B099999 RES.,FXD,FILM:4.02K OHM,1%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816G40200F
R3146 321-0222-00 B100000 RES.,FXD,FILM:2K OHM,1%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816G20000F
R3148 315-0204-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:200K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB2045

REV SEP 1983

7-11
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P
Tektronix Serial/Model No. Mfr
Ckt No. Part No. Eff Dscont Name & Description Code Mfr Part Number

R3149 315-0224-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:220K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB2245

R3212 321-0325-00 B010100 B099999 RES.,FXD,FILM:23.7K OHM,1%,0.125W 91637 MFF1818G23701F
R3212 321-0297-00 B100000 RES.,FXD,FILM:12.1K OHM,1%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816G12101F
R3213 311-1556-00 B010100 B099999 RES.,VAR,NONWIR:50K OHM,20%,0.50W 73138 91-78-0
R3213 311-1557-00 B100000 RES.,VAR,NONWIR:25K OHM,20%,0.50W 73138 91-79-0
R3216 321-0325-00 B010100 B099999 RES.,FXD,FILM:23.7K OHM,1%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816G23701F

R3216 321-0297-00 B100000 RES.,FXD,FILM:12.1K OHM,1%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816G12101F

R3217 311-1557-00 B010100 B099999 RES.,VAR,NONWIR:25K OHM,20%,0.50W 73138 91-79-0
R3217 311-1559-00 B100000 RES.,VAR,NONWIR:10OK OHM,20%,0.50W 73138 91-81-0
R3219 315-0102-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1025
R3225 315-0104-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:100K OHM,50/,0.25W 01121 CB1045
R3226 315-0102-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1025

R3229 315-0105-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1M OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1055

R3233 315-0363-00 B010100 B099999 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:36K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB3835
R3233 321-0313-00 B100000 RES.,FXD,FILM:17.8K OHM,1%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816G17801F
R3234 315-0183-00 B010100 B099999 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:18K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1835
R3234 321-0284-00 B100000 RES.,FXD,FILM:8.87K OHM,1%,0.125W 91837 MFF1818G88700F
R3237 311-1554-00 RES.,VAR,NONWIR:200K OHM,20%,0.50W 73138 91-760

R3238 315-0183-00 B010100 B099999 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:18K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1835

R3238 321-0284-00 B100000 RES.,FXD,FILM:8.87K OHM,1%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816G88700F
R3242 311-1554-00 RES.,VAR,NONWIR:200K OHM,20%,0.50W 73138 91-76-4
R3248 311-1554-00 RES.,VAR,NONWIR:200K OHM,20%,0.50W 73138 91-76-0
R3249 315-0204-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:200K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB2045
U3123 156-0350-00 B010100 B102647 MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD 2-INPUT NAND GATE 80009 156840350-00

U3123 156-0350-02 B102648 MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD 2 INPUT NAND GATE,SEL 80009 156-0350402

U3223 156-0289-00 MICROCIRCUIT,DI:OUAD BILATERAL SWITCH 07263 74LS95(PC OR DC)

REV SEP 1983

7-12
 A4 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P
Tektronix Serial/Model No. Mfr
Ckt No. Part No. Eff Dscont Name & Description Code Mfr Part Number

A4 670-3010-00 B010100 B099999 CKT BOARD ASSY:SWEEP GEN 80009 670-3010-00

A4 670-3010-01 B100000 B102647 CKT BOARD ASSY:SWEEP GEN 80009 6703010-01
A4 670-3010-02 B102648 CKT BOARD ASSY:SWEEP GEN 80009 670-3010-02
C4118 283-0068-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.O01UF,+100-0%,500V 59660 871-533E103P
C4119 285-1093-00 CAP.,FXD,PLSTC:0.027UF,0.1%,200V 19396 51-17243
C4128 283-0068-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.01UF,+100-0%,500V 59660 871-533E103P

C4134 283-0000-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.001UF,+100-0%,500V 59660 831610Y5U0102P

C4135 283-0000-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.001UF,+100-0%,500V 59660 831610Y5U0102P
C4312 285-1093-00 CAP.,FXD,PLSTC:0.027UF,0.1%,200V 19396 51-17243
C4321 285-1093-00 CAP.,FXD,PLSTC:0.027UF,0.1%,200V 19396 51-17243
C4328 285-0644-00 CAP.,FXD,PLSTC:0.033UF,20%,600V 56289 430P333X06
CR4151 152-0141-02 SEMICOND DEVICE:SILICON,30V,150MA 01295 1N4152R

CR4156 152-0141-02 SEMICOND DEVICE:SILICON,30V,150MA 01295 1N4152R

CR4211 152-0429-00 SEMICOND DEVICE:SILICON,5000V,10MA 14099 SA3282
CR4311 152-0429-00 SEMICOND DEVICE:SILICON,5000V,10MA 14099 SA3282
CR4313 152-0429-00 SEMICOND DEVICE:SILICON,5000V,10MA 14099 SA3282
CR4323 152-0429-00 SEMICOND DEVICE:SILICON,5000V,10MA 14099 SA3282
04145 151-0273-00 B010100 B020394 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,NPN 80009 151-0273-00

Q4145 151-0347-00 B020395 B099999 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,NPN 56289 2N5551

Q4145 151-0136-03 B100000 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,NPN,SEL 80009 151-0136-03
04149 151-0273-00 B010100 B020394 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,NPN 80009 151-0273-00
Q4149 151-0347-00 B020395 B099999 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,NPN 56289 2N5551
04149 151-0136-03 B100000 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,NPN,SEL 80009 151-0136-03
R4114 315-0106-00 B010100 B020384 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:10M OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1065

R4114 315-0125-00 B020385 B099999 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1.2M OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1255

R4114 315-0625-00 B100000 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:6.2M OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB6255
R4122 315-0470-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:47 OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB4705
R4123 315-0470-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:47 OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB4705
R4126 315-0225-00 B010100 B020384 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:2.2M OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB2255
R4126 315-0155-00 B020385 B099999 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1.5M OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1555

R4126 315-0474-00 B100000 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:470K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB4745

R4126 -- - ----- (NOMINAL VALUE, SELECTED)
R4129 315-0475-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:4.7M OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB4755
R4141 315-0472-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:4.7K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB4725
R4145 315-0105-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1M OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1055
R4146 315-0472-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:4.7K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB4725

R4148 315-0105-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1M OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1055

R4221 315-0475-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:4.7M OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB4755
R4222 311-1257-00 RES.,VAR,NONWIR:5M OHM,20%,0.50W 32997 3386F-T04-505
R4245 315-0102-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1025
T4241 120-0975-00 B010100 B099999 XFMR,PWR,SDN/SU:HIGH VOLTAGE POT CORE 80009 120-0975-00
T4241 120-0975-01 B100000 TRANSFORMER,RF:HIGH VOLTAGE POT CORE 80009 120-0975-01

VR4117 152-0247-00 SEMICOND DEVICE:ZENER,0.4W,150V,5% 04713 SZG275K1RL

REV SEP 1983

7-13
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P
Tektronix Serial/Model No. Mfr
Ckt No. Part No. Eff Dscont Name & Description Code Mfr Part Number

A5 6703513-00 B010100 B029999 CKT BOARD ASSY:CHART RECORDER LOGIC 80009 670-3513-00
A5 670-3513-01 B030000 B102647 CKT BOARD ASSY:CHART RECORDER LOGIC 80009 6703513-01
A5 670-3513-02 B102648 CKT BOARD ASSY:CHART RECORDER LOGIC 80009 670-3513-02
C5116 283-0198-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.22UF,20%,50V 56289 1C10Z5U223M050B
C5117 283-0054-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:150PF,5%,200V 59660 855-535U2J0 151J
C5131 290-0524-00 B010100 B029999 CAP.,FXD,ELCTLT:4.7UF,20%,10V 90201 TDC475M010EL

C5159 283-0203-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.47UF,20%,50V 72982 8131M058Z5U0474M

C5167 283-0004-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.02UF, +80-20%,150V 59821 SDDH69J203Z
C5219 283-0111-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.1UF,20%,50V 56289 273Cll11
C5249 283-0111-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.1UF,20%,50V 56289 273C11
C5253 283-0154-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:22PF,5%,50V 72982 8111B061COG220J
C5263 283-0110-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.005UF, 80-20%,150V 59660 855-547-E-502Z

C5266 283-0010-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.05UF,+100-20%,50V 56289 1C10Z5U503Z050B

C5276 283-0346-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.47UF,+80-20%,100V 72982 8131-M100F474Z
CR5162 152-0141-02 SEMICOND DEVICE:SILICON,30V,150MA 01295 1N4152R
CR5243 152-0141-02 SEMICOND DEVICE:SILICON,30V,150MA 01295 1N4152R
CR5244 152-0141-02 SEMICOND DEVICE:SILICON,30V,150MA 01295 1N4152R
CR5245 152-0141-02 SEMICOND DEVICE:SILICON,30V-150MA 01295 1N4152R

CR5254 152-0141-02 SEMICOND DEVICE:SILICON,30V,150MA 01295 1N4152R

Q5112 151-1078-00 B010100 B029999 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,JFE,N-CHANNEL 17856 J2133
Q5112 151-1022-00 B030000 TRANSISTOR:FET,N-CHAN,SI,F1782,T0-18 17856 FN1234
Q5114 151-0301-00 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,PNP 27014 2N2907A
Q5144 151-0301-00 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,PNP 27014 2N2907A
Q5173 151-0126-00 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,NPN 04713 ST1046

Q5179 151-0301-00 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,PNP 27014 2N2907A

Q5226 151-0301-00 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,PNP 27014 2N2907A
Q5229 151-0301-00 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,PNP 27014 2N2907A
Q5237 151-0302-00 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,NPN 07263 S038487
Q5239 151-0302-00 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,NPN 07263 S038487
Q5266 151-0302-00 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,NPN 07263 S038487

Q5273 151-0301-00 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,PNP 27014 2N2907A

Q5277 151-0260-00 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,NPN 80009 151-0260-00
Q5279 151-0301-00 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,PNP 27014 2N2907A
R5112 315-0104-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:100K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1045
R5116 315-0105-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:IM OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1055
R5118 316-0186-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:18M OHM,10%,0.25W 01121 CB1861

R5119 315-0105-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1M OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1055

R5121 315-0104-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:100K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1045
R5122 315-0104-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:100K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1045
R5126 315-0105-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1M OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1055
R5128 315-0105-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1M OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1055
R5130 321-0644-00 RES.,FXD,,FILM:100K OHM,0.25%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816C10002C

R5131 315-0335-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:3.3M OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB3355

R5132 321-0756-03 RES.,FXD,FILM:50K OHM,0.25%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816D50001C
R5134 321-0644-00 RES.,FXD,FILM:100K OHM,0.25%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816C10002C
R5135 321-0756-03 RES.,FXD,FILM:50K OHM,0.25%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816D50001C
R5136 321-0756-03 RES.,FXD,FILM:50K OHM,0.25%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816D50001C
R5137 321-0756-03 RES.,FXD,FILM:50K OHM,0.25%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816D50001C

R5138 321-0644-00 RES.,FXD,FILM:100K OHM,0.25%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816C10002C

R5139 321-0644-00 RES.,FXD,FILM:100K OHM,0.25%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816C10002C
R5141 315-0104-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:100K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1045
R5148 315-0104-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:100K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1045
R5155 315-0104-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:100K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1045
R5158 315-0105-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1M OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1055

REV SEP 1983

7-14
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P
Tektronix Serial/Model No. Mfr
Ckt No. Part No. Eff Dscont Name & Description Code Mfr Part Number

R5161 315-0104-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:100K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1045

R5163 315-0105-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1M OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1055
R5166 315-0104-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:100K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1045
R5167 315-0105-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:IM OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1055
R5168 315-0105-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:IM OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1055
R5171 315-0333-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:33K OHM,5%,0,25W 01121 CB3335

R5177 315-0102-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1025

R5178 315-0102-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1025
R5211 321-0318-02 RES.,FXD,FILM:20K OHM,0.5%,0.125W 91637 CMF55116D20001D
R5216 321-0306-01 RES.,FXD,FILM:15K OHM,0.5%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816G15001D
R5221 315-0104-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:100K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1045
R5222 315-0105-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1M OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1055

R5223 321-0345-00 RES.,FXD,FILM:38.3K OHM,1%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816G38301F

R5225 315-0104-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:100K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1045
R5229 315-0104-06 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:100K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1045
R5231 321-0756-03 RES.,FXD,FILM:50K OHM,0.25°%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816D50001C
R5232 321-0644-00 RES.,FXD,FILM:100K OHM,0.25%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816C10002C
R5233 315-0473-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:47K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB4735

R5234 321-0644-00 RES.,FXD,FILM:100K OHM,0.25%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816C10002C

R5235 321-0644-00 RES.,FXD,FILM:100K OHM,0.25%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816C10002C
R5236 315-0104-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:100K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1045
R5237 315-0104-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:100K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1045
R5246 315-0104-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:100K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1045
R5247 315-0566-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:56M OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB5665

R5248 315-0105-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1M OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1055

R5255 315-0104-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:100K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1045
R5259 315-0105-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1M OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1055
R5263 315-0105-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSNI1M OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1055
R5266 315-0473-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:47K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB4735
R5267 315-0104-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:100K OHM,5%,0.25,W 01121 CB1045

R5268 315-0472-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:4.7K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB4725

R5269 315-0104-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:100K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1045
R5275 315-0473-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:47K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB4735
U5117 1560686-00 MICROCIRCUIT,LI:OPNL AMPL,HIGH IMPEDANCE 02735 CA3130S
U5127 156-0525-03 B010100 B102647 MICROCIRCUIT,DI-DUAL J-K MASTER SLAVE FF-SE 80009 156-0525-03
U5127 156-0525-03 B102648 MICROCIRCUIT,DI:DUAL J-K MASTER SLAVE FF-FF 80009 156-0525-03

U5147 156-0523-01 MICROCIRCUIT,DI:7 STAGE BINARY COUNTER,SCRN 02735 CD4024BFX

U5156 156-0350-00 B010100 B102647 MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD 2-INPUT NAND GATE 80009 156-0350-00
U5156 156-0350-02 B102648 MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD 2 INPUT NAND GATE,SEL 80009 156-0350-02
U5166 156-0350-00 B010100 B102647 MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD 2-INPUT NAND GATE 80009 156-0350-00
U5166 156-0350-02 B102648 MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD 2 INPUT NAND GATE,SEL 80009 156-0350-02
U5227 156-0067-00 B010100 B082049 MICROCIRCUIT,LI:OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER 01295 MICROA741CP

U5227 156-0067-12 B082050 MICROCIRCUIT,LI:OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER 01295 UA741CJG

U5252 156-0524-02 MICROCIRCUIT,DI:TRIPLE 3-INPUT NAND GATES 80009 156-0524-02

REV SEP 1983

7-15
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P
Tektronix Serial/Model No. Mfr
Ckt No. Part No. Eff Dscont Name & Description Code Mfr Part Number

A6 670-3520-00 B010100 B020394 CKT BOARD ASSY:POWER 80009 670-3520-00

A6 6703520-01 B020395 B102647 CKT BOARD ASSY:POWER 80009 6703520-01
A6 670-3520-02 B102648 CKT BOARD ASSY:POWER 80009 670-3520-02
C6147 283-0177-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:1UF,+80-20%,25V 56289 2C20Z5U105Z025B
C6219 290-0114-00 CAP.,FXD,ELCTLT:47UF,20%,6V 56289 150D476X0006B2
C6224 283-0177-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:1UF,+80-20%,25V 56289 2C20Z5U105Z025B

C6226 283-0177-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:1UF,+80-20%,25V 56289 2C20Z5U105Z025B

C6228 290-0114-00 CAP.,FXD,ELCTLT:47UF,20%,6V 56289 150D476X0006B2
C6233 290-0527-00 CAP.,FXD,ELCTLT:15UF,20%,20V 90201 TDC156M020FL
C6243 290-0559-00 CAP.,FXD,ELCTLT:22UF,20%,35V 90201 TDC226M035WLG
C6246 290-0137-00 CAP.,FXD,ELCTLT: 1OOUF, + 75-15%,30V 56289 1 09D107C7030T2
C6323 290-0425-00 CAP.,FXD,ELCTLT:100UF,20%,20V 90201 THF107M020P1G

C6326 290-0425-00 CAP.,FXD,ELCTLT: 1OOUF,20%,20V 90201 THF107M020P1G

C6329 290-0425-00 CAP.,FXD,ELCTLT:100UF,20%,20V 90201 THF107M020P1G
C6336 290-0425-00 CAP.,FXD,ELCTLT:100UF,20%,20V 90201 THF107MO20P1G
C6341 290-0137-00 CAP.,FXD,ELCTLT:1 O0UF, + 75-15%,30V 56289 109D107C7030T2
C6342 283-0142-00 B020385 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.0027UF,5%,200V 59860 875571YEE0272J
C6415 290-0701-00 CAP.,FXD,ELCTLT:470UF,40%,16VDC 90201 TTX471U0161E1A3P

C6416 290-0134-00 CAP.,FXD,ELCTLTi22UF,20%,15V 56289 150D226X0015B2

C6426 290-0701-00 CAP.,FXD,ELCTLT:470UF,40%,16VDC 90201 TTX471U0161E1A3P
C6429 290-0425-00 CAP.,FXD,ELCTLT:100UF,20%,20V 90201 THF107M020PIG
C6443 290-0701-00 CAP.,FXD,ELCTLT:470UF,40%l,16VDC 90201 TTX471 U0161 El A3P
C6444 283-0107-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:51PF,5%,200V 96733 R3017
C6447 283-0111-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.1UF,20%,50V 56289 273C11

C6451 283-0047-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:270PF,5%,500V 59821 2DDH73L271J

C6455 283-0115-00 B020395 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:47PF,5%,200V 59660 805-519-COG0470J
C6515 283-0000-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.001UF,+ 100-0%,500V 59660 831610Y5U0102P
C6525 290-0425-00 CAP.,FXD,ELCTLT:100UF,20%,20V 90201 THF107M020P1G
C6527 290-0164-00 CAP.,FXD,ELCTLT:1UF,+50-10%,150V 56289 56289
D105F150BA7
C6529 290-0658-00 CAP.,FXD,ELCTLT:4UF,+50-10%,200V 56289 600D405F200KD4

C6551 283-0077-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:330PF,5%,500V 59660 831-500B331J

CR6139 152-0400-00 SEMICOND DEVICE:SILICON,400V,1A 80009 152-0400-00
CR6157 152-0488-00 SEMICOND DEVICE:SILICON,200V,1500MA 04713 SDA317
CR6234 152-0141-02 SEMICOND DEVICE:SILICON,30V,150MA 01295 IN4152R
CR6247 152-0141-02 SEMICOND DEVICE:SILICON,30V,150MA 01295 1N4152R
CR6346 152-0400-00 SEMICOND DEVICE:SILICON,400V,1A 80009 152-0400-00

CR6347 152-0141-02 SEMICOND DEVICE:SILICON,30V,150MA 01295 1N4152R

CR6414 152-0400-00 SEMICOND DEVICE:SILICON,400V,1A 80009 152-0400-00
CR6438 152-0400-00 SEMICOND DEVICE:SILICON,400V,1A 80009 152-0400-00
CR6439 152-0400-00 SEMICOND DEVICE:SILICON,400V,1A 80009 152-0400-00
CR6441 152-0141-02 SEMICOND DEVICE:SILICON,30V,150MA 01295 1N4152R
CR6442 152-0141-02 SEMICOND DEVICE:SILICON,30V,150MA 01295 1N4152R

CR6446 152-0400-00 B010100 B020394 SEMICOND DEVICE:SILICON,400V,1A 80009 152-0400-00

CR6448 152-0141-02 SEMICOND DEVICE:SILICON,30V,150MA 01295 1N4152R
CR6452 152-0141-02 SEMICOND DEVICE:SILICON,30V,150MA 01295 1N4152R
CR6534 152-0400-00 SEMICOND DEVICE:SILICON,400V,1A 80009 152-0400-00
CR6536 152-0586-00 SEMICOND DEVICE:SILICON,600V,500MA 14936 RGP10J-011
CR6537 152-0586-00 SEMICOND DEVICE:SILICON,600V,600MA 14936 RGP10J-011

CR6546 152-0141-02 SEMICOND DEVICE:SILICON,30V,150MA 01295 1N4152R

CR6551 152-0141-02 SEMICOND DEVICE:SILICON,30V,150MA 01295 1N4152R
F6112 159-0128-00 FUSE,CARTRIDGE:2A,125V,5 SEC 75915 273002
F6113 159-0128-00 FUSE,CARTRIDGE:2A,125V,5 SEC 75915 273002
F6122 159-0128-00 FUSE,CARTRIDGE:2A,125V,5 SEC 75915 273002
F6123 159-0128-00 FUSE,CARTRIDGE:2A,125V,5 SEC 75915 273002

REV SEP 1983

7-16
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P
Tektronix Serial/Model No. Mfr
Ckt No. Part No. Eff Dscont Name & Description Code mfr Part Number

L6344 108-0598-00 COIL,RF:200UH 80009 108-0598-00

L6423 108-0598-00 COIL,RF:200UH 80009 108-0598-00
L6428 108-0598-00 COIL,RF:200UH 80009 108-0598-00
L6532 108-0598-00 COIL,RF:200UH 80009 108-0598-00
L6538 108-0598-00 COIL,RF:200UH 80009 108-0598-00
Q6143 151-0508-00 TRANSISTOR:UJT,SI,2N6027,TO-98 03508 X13T520

Q6155 151-0506-00 SCR:SILICON 03508 C106B2X283

Q6227 151-0302-00 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,NPN 07263 S038487
Q6241 151-0188-00 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,PNP 04713 SPS6868K
Q6244 151-0188-00 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,PNP 04713 SPS6868K
Q6331 151-0302-00 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,NPN 07263 S038487
06349 151-0390-00 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,NPN 04713 SPS3414

Q6357 151-0302-00 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,NPN 07263 S038487

Q6427 151-0301-00 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,PNP 27014 2N2907A
Q6435 151-0352-00 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,NPN 03508 X44C282
Q6445 151-0424-00 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,NPN 04713 SPS8246
Q6458 151-0424-00 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,NPN 04713 SPS8246
Q6547 151-0302-00 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,NPN 07263 S038487

Q6548 151-0301-00 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,PNP 27014 2N2907A

Q6549 151-0301-00 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,PNP 27014 2N2907A
Q6552 151-0302-00 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,NPN 07263 S038487
Q6557 151-0302-00 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,NPN 07263 S038487
R6131 308-0463-00 RES.,FXD,WW:0.3 OHM,1%,3W 91637 RS2B-KR3000F
R6132 315-0102-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1025

R6133 315-0362-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:3.6K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB3625

R6134 315-0272-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:2.7K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB2725
R6135 315-0154-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:150K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1545
R6147 315-0272-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:2.7K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB2725
R6148 315-0101-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:100 OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1015
R6149 315-0362-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:3.6K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB3625

R6214 321-0289-00 RES.,FXD,FILM:10K OHM,1%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816G10001F

R6215 321-0260-00 RES.,FXD,FILM:4.99K OHM,1%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816G49900F
R6222 315-0821-00 B010100 B049999 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:820 OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB8215
R6222 315-0181-00 B050000 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:180 OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1815
R6223 315-0202-00 B010100 B049999 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:2K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB2025
R6223 315-0821-00 B050000 B050649 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:820 OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB8215

R6223 315-0431-00 B050650 RES..FXD,CMPSN:430 OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB4315

R6225 321-0289-00 RES.,FXD,FILM:10K OHM,1%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816G10001F
R6231 321-0289-00 RES.,FXD,FILM:10K OHM,1%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816G10001F
R6235 315-0391-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:390 OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB3915
R6254 304-0391-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:390 OHM,10%,1W 01121 GB3911
R6346 315-0101-00 B010100 B020394 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:100 OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1015

R6346 315-0471-00 B020395 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:470 OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB4715

R6356 315-0753-00 B010100 B020394 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:75K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB7535
R6356 315-0563-00 B020395 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:56K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB5635
R6358 311-1268-00 RES.,VAR,NONWIR:10K OHM,10%,0.50W 32997 3329P-L58-103
R6413 321-0352-00 B010100 B020384 RES.,FXD,FILM:45.3K OHM,1%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816G45301F
R6413 321-0332-00 B020385 RES.,FXD,FILM:28K OHM,1%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816G28001F

R6424 315-0103-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:10OK OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1035

R6426 315-0101-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:100 OHM,5%,0. 25W 01121 CB1015
R6444 307-0103-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:2.7 OHM.5%,0.25W 01121 CB27G5
R6445 315-0104-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:100K OHM,5%,O.25W 01121 CB1045
R6447 315-0101-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:100 OHM,5%,0. 25W 01121 CB1015
R6449 315-0513-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:51K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB5135

REV SEP 1983

7-17
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P
Tektronix Serial/Model No. Mfr
Ckt No. Part No. Eff Dscont Name & Description Code mfr Part Number

R6451 315-0104-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:100K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1045

R6453 315-0513-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:51K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB5135
R6454 315-0433-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:43K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB4335
R6455 315-0473-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:47K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB4735
R6456 315-0222-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:2.2K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB2225
R6457 315-0104-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:100K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1045

R6459 315-0204-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:200K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB2045

R6513 321-0346-00 B010100 B020384 RES.,FXD,FILM:39.2K OHM,1%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816G39201F
R6513 321-0332-00 8020385 RES.,FXD,FILM:28K OHM,1%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816G28001F
R6514 311-1268-00 RES.,VAR,NONWIR:10K OHM,10%,0.50W 32997 3329P-L58-103
R6517 316-0156-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:15M OHM,10%,0.25W 01121 CB1561
R6518 321-0260-00 RES.,FXD,FILM:4.99K OHM,1%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816G49900F

R6538 315-0153-00 B010100 B010155 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:15K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1535

R6538 315-0433-00 B010156 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:43K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB4335
R6539 315-0102-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:IK OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1025
R6544 315-0243-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:24K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB2435
R6545 315-0473-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:47K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB4735
R6548 315-0104-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:100K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1045

R6549 315-0154-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:150K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1545

R6553 315-0223-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:22K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB2235
R6554 315-0223-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:22K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB2235
R6557 315-0224-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:220K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB2245
R6558 315-0103-00 B010100 B020394 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:10K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1035
R6558 315-0102-00 B020395 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1025

T6535 120-0976-00 XFMR,FLYBACK:POT CORE 80009 120-0976-00

U6138 156-0067-00 B010100 B082049 MICROCIRCUIT,LI:OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER 01295 MICROA741CP
U6138 156-0067-12 B082050 MICROCIRCUIT,LI:OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER 01295 UA741CJG
U6222 156-0067-00 8010100 B082049 MICROCIRCUIT,LI:OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER 01295 MICROA741CP
U6222 156-0067-12 B082050 MICROCIRCUIT,LI:OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER 01295 UA741CJG
U6236 156-0067-00 B010100 B082049 MICROCIRCUIT,LI:OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER 01295 MICROA741CP

U6236 156-0067-12 B082050 MICROCIRCUIT,LI:OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER 01295 UA741CJG

U6515 156-0067-00 B010100 B082049 MICROCIRCUIT,LI:OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER 01295 MICROA741CP
U6515 156-0067-12 B082050 MICROCIRCUIT,LI:OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER 01295 UA741CJG
VR6134 152-0243-00 SEMICOND DEVICE:ZENER,0.4W,15V,5% 14552 TD3810983
VR6235 152-0278-00 SEMICOND DEVICE:ZENER,0.4W,3V,5% 04713 SZG35009K20
VR6252 152-0278-00 SEMICOND DEVICE:ZENER,0.4W,3V,5% 04713 SZG35009K20

VR6253 152-0127-00 SEMICOND DEVICE:ZENER,0.4W,7.5V,5% 04713 SZG35009K2

VR6318 152-0265-00 SEMICOND DEVICE:ZENER,0.4W,24V,5% 04713 SZG35009K8
VR6417 152-0195-00 SEMICOND DEVICE:ZENER,0.4W,5.1V,5% 04713 SZ11755
VR6419 152-0175-00 SEMICOND DEVICE:ZENER,0.4W,5.6V,5% 04713 SZG35008
VR6427 152-0195-00 SEMICOND DEVICE:ZENER,0.4W,5.1V,5% 04713 SZ11755
VR6459 152-0306-00 SEMICOND [Link],0.4W,9.1V,5% 15238 Z5409

REV SEP 1983

7-18
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P
Tektronix Serial/Model No. Mfr
Ckt No. Part No. Eff Dscont Name & Description Code mfr Part Number

A7 670-3865-00 B010100 B102647 CKT BOARD ASSY:X-Y PLUG IN 80009 670-3865-00

A7 670-3865-01 B102648 CKT BOARD ASSY:X-Y PLUG IN 80009 670-3865-01
C7132 283-0059-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:1UF,+80-20%,50V 51642 400050Z5U105Z
C7232 283-0059-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:1UF,+80-20%,50V 51642 400050Z5U105Z
CR7247 152-0141-02 SEMICOND DEVICE:SILICON,30V,150MA 01295 1N4152R
Q7242 151-0302-00 TRANSISTOR:SILICON,NPN 07263 S038487

R7122 321-0301-00 RES.,FXD,FILM:13.3K OHM,1%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816G13301F

R7129 321-0288-00 RES.,FXD,FILM:9.76K OHM,1%,0.125W 91637 MFF1816G97600F
R7138 321-0335-00 RES.,FXD,FILM:30.1K OHM,1%,0.125W 91637 CMF55116G30101F
R7146 315-0103-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:10K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1035
R7224 315-0223-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:22K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB2235
R7225 311-1559-00 RES.,VAR,NONWIR:10K OHM,20%,0.50W 73138 91-81-0

R7234 315-0113-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:11K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1135

R7244 315-0104-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:100K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1045
R7245 315-0103-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:10K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1035

A9 670-6592-00 B110000 CKT BOARD ASSY:POWER FUSE JACK 80009 670-6592-00

F9100 159-0124-00 B110000 FUSE,WIRE LEAD:3A,125V 75915 272003

REV SEP 1983

7-19
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P
Tektronix Serial/Model No. Mfr
Ckt No. Part No. Eff Dscont Name & Description Code mfr Part Number
CHASSIS
BT0369 016-0595-00 B010100 B109999 BATTERY SET: 80009 016-0595-00
BT0369 016-0595-01 B110000 BATTERY SET: 80009 016-0595-01
C0380 283-0279-00 CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.001UF,20%,3000V 59660 878-521-S-Y5S-10
C0390 283-0279-00 CAP.,FXD,CERI DI:0.001UF,20%,3000V 59660 878-521-S-Y5S-10
CR0282 150-1040-01 LAMP,LED:W/LEADS & DIODE HOLDER 80009 150-1040-01

F0401 159-0029-00 B010100 B059999 FUSE,CARTRIDGE:3AG,0.3A,250V,SLOW-BLOW 71400 MDL3/10

F0401 159-0032-00 B060000 FUSE,CARTRIDGE:3AG,0.5A,250V,SLOW-BLOW 71400 MDL 1/2
F0401 159-0054-00 B010100 B059999 FUSE,CARTRIDGE:3AG,0.15A,250V,SLOW-BLOW 71400 MDL 15/100
F0401 (OPTION 6 ONLY)
F0401 159-0029-01 B060000 FUSE,CARTRIDGE:BUSSMAN ONLY 71400 MDL3/10
F0401 (OPTION 6 ONLY)

F0491 159-0029-00 B010100 B059999 FUSE,CARTRIDGE:3AG,0.3A,250V,SLOW-BLOW 71400 MDL3/10

F0491 159-0032-00 B060000 FUSE,CARTRIDGE:3AG,0.5A,250V,SLOW-BLOW 71400 MDL 1/2
F0491 159-0054-00 B010100 B059999 FUSE,CARTRIDGE:3AG,0.15A,250V,SLOW-BLOW 71400 MDL 15/100
F0491 (OPTION 6 ONLY)
F0491 159-0029-01 B060000 FUSE,CARTRIDGE:BUSSMAN ONLY 71400 MDL3/10
F0491 (OPTION 6 ONLY)

F0491 159-0172-00 B102860 FUSE,CARTRIDGE:TYPE C,13 AMP S3629 PCC-1089

F0491 (OPTION 2 ONLY)
J0421 131-2010-00 B040616 CONNECTOR,RCPT:BNC,FEMALE 24931 28JR200-2
L0234 108-0671-00 COIL,TUBE DEFL:TRACE ROTATOR 80009 108-0671-00
M0171 149-0031-00 B010100 B049999 METER,BTRY LVL:0-350UA,15%,0.50 DIA,SCALE 24138 P-202
M0171 149-0044-05 B050000 METER,BAT LEVEL:1MA,345 OHMS,0.5 DIA W/CONN 80009 149-0044-05

R0151 311-1806-00 B010100 B089999 RES.,VAR,NONWIR:500 OHM,20%,1W 12697 381S-CM40942

R0151 311-2010-01 B090000 B113138 RES.,VAR,WW:PNL,500 OHM,5%,1W,W/SW 80009 311-2010-01
R0151 311-2131-00 B113139 RES.,VAR,NONWIR:PNL,500 OHM,5%,1W,W/4SPT 80009 311-2131-00
R0165 315-0102-00 B010160 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1025
R0251 311-0678-00 RES.,VAR,NONWIR:2 X 50K OHM,10%,0.50W 71590 BA211-008
R0252 315-0473-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:47K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB4735

R0262 315-0104-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:100K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB1045

R0263 311-0160-00 RES.,VAR,NONWIR:50K OHM,100/,0.50W 12697 381-CM30918
R0271 311-1755-00 B010100 B039999 RES.,VAR,WW:PNL,5K OHM,1.5W 32997 3610S-502-502
R0271 311-1755-02 B040000 RES.,VAR,WW:PNL,5K OHM,5%,1.5W,W/KNOB 80009 311-1755-02
R0271 311-1800-00 B010100 B039999 RES.,VAR,WW:PNL,5K OHM,5%,1.5W 32997 3610S-514-502
R0271 (OPTION 5 ONLY)

R0271 311-1800-02 B040000 RES.,VAR,WW:PNL,5K OHM,5%,1.5W,W/KNOB 80009 311-1800-02

R0271 (OPTION 5 ONLY)
R0352 315-0473-00 RES.,FXD,CMPSN:47K OHM,5%,0.25W 01121 CB4735
R0432 311-0690-01 B010100 B030549 RES.,VAR,NONWIR:5M OHM,0.50W 0000M OBD
R0432 311-1905-00 B030550 RES.,VAR,NONWIR:PNL,5M OHM,20%,0.50W 12697 CM412712
R0442 311-0690-01 B010100 B030549 RES.,VAR,NONWIR:5M OHM,0.50W 0000M OBD

R0442 311-1906-00 B030550 RES.,VAR,NONWIR:PNL,5M OHM,20%,0.25W 12697 CM41713

R0472 311-0091-00 RES.,VAR,NONWIR:1K OHM,10%,0.50W 01121 W-3083E
S0151 260-1923-00 SWITCH,PUSH:4PST,0.4VA,28V 01121 17M814
S0165 260-0834-00 SWITCH,TOGGLE:DPDT,5A,125VAC,0.25-40 THD 09353 U21-SHZQE
S0481 260-1727-00 SWITCH,TOGGLE:DPDT,0.4VA AND 20V MAX 09353 7215 SYZ(B)E
S1251 263-0013-05 ACTR ASSY,PB:3 LATCHING,10 MM,6 CONTACT 80009 263-0013-05

S1222 263-1109-00 SW CAM ACTR AS: 80009 263-1109-00

S2126 263-1108-00 SW CAM ACTR AS: 80009 263-1108-00
T0389 120-0978-00 XFMR,PWR,STPDN: 80009 120-0978-00
V0235 154-0667-00 B010100 B010209 ELECTRON TUBE:CRT,P-31 80009 154-0667-00
V0235 154-0667-02 B010210 ELECTRON TUBE:CRT,P-31 80009 154-0667-02
V0235 154-0667-03 B030490 ELECTRON TUBE:CRT,P-7 80009 154-0667-03

V0235 (OPTION 76 ONLY)

REV SEP 1983

7-20
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P
SECTION 8
DIAGRAMS AND CIRCUIT BOARD ILLUSTRATIONS
Symbols
Graphic symbols and class designation letters are based on ANSI Standard Y32.2-1975.

Logic symbology is based on ANSI Y32.14-1973 in terms of positive logic. Logic symbols depict the logic function performed and may differ
from the manufacturer's data.

The overline on a signal name indicates that the signal performs its intended function when it is in the low state.

Abbreviations are based on ANSI Y1.1-1972.

Other ANSI standards that are used in the preparation of diagrams by Tektronix, Inc. are:
Y14.15, 1966 Drafting Practices.
Y14.2, 1973 Line Conventions and Lettering.
Y10.5, 1968 Letter Symbols for Quantities Used in Electrical Science and Electrical Engineering.

American National Standard Institute

1430 Broadway
New York, New York 10018

Component Values
Electrical components shown on the diagrams are in the following units unless noted otherwise:
Capacitors = Values one or greater are in picofarads (pF).
Values less than one are in microfarads (µF).
Resistors = Ohms (Ω).
The information and special symbols below may appear in this manual.

Assembly Numbers and Grid Coordinates

Each assembly in the instrument is assigned an assembly number (e.g., A20). The assembly number appears on the circuit board outline on
the diagram, in the title for the circuit board component location illustration, and in the lookup table for the schematic diagram and corresponding
component locator illustration. The Replaceable Electrical Parts list is arranged by assemblies in numerical sequence; the components are listed
by component number *(see following illustration for constructing a component number).

The schematic diagram and circuit board component location illustration have grids. A lookup table with the grid coordinates is provided for
ease of locating the component. Only the components illustrated on the facing diagram are listed in the lookup table. When more than one
schematic diagram is used to illustrate the circuitry on a circuit board, the circuit board illustration may only appear opposite the first diagram on
which it was illustrated; the lookup table will list the diagram number of other diagrams that the circuitry of the circuit board appears on.

@
8-1/(8-2 blank)
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P
SECTION 9
REPLACEABLE
MECHANICAL PARTS

PARTS ORDERING INFORMATION

Replacement parts are available from or through your local Tektronix, Inc. Field Office or representative.

Changes to Tektronix instruments are sometimes made to accommodate improved components as they become available, and to give you the
benefit of the latest circuit improvements developed in our engineering department. It is therefore important, when ordering parts, to include the
following information in your order: Part number, instrument type or number, serial number, and modification number if applicable.

If a part you have ordered has been replaced with a new or improved part, your local Tektronix, Inc. Field Office or representative will contact
you concerning any change in part number.

Change information, if any, is located at the rear of this manual.

SPECIAL NOTES AND SYMBOLS

X000 Part first added at this serial number

00X Part removed after this serial number

FIGURE AND INDEX NUMBERS

Items in this section are referenced by figure and index numbers to the illustrations.

INDENTATION SYSTEM

This mechanical parts list is indented to indicate item relationships. Following is an example of the indentation system used in the description
column.

12345 Name & Description

Assembly and/or Component
Attaching parts for Assembly and/or Component

Detail Part of Assembly and/or Component

Attaching parts for Detail Part

Parts of Detail Part

Attaching parts for Parts of Detail Part

Attaching Parts always appear in the same indentation as the item it mounts, while the detail parts are indented to the right. Indented items
are part of, and included with, the next higher indentation. The separation symbol - - - ' - - - indicates the end of attaching parts.

Attaching parts must be purchased separately, unless otherwise specified.

ITEM NAME
In the Parts List, an Item Name is separated from the description by a colon (:). Because of space limitations, an Item Name may sometimes
appear as incomplete. For further Item Name identification, the U.S. Federal Cataloging Handbook H6-1 can be utilized where possible.

ABBREVIATIONS
INCH ELCTRN ELECTRON IN INCH SE SINGLE END
# NUMBER SIZE ELEC ELECTRICAL INCAND INCANDESCENT SECT SECTION
ACTR ACTUATOR ELCTLT ELECTROLYTIC INSUL INSULATOR SEMICOND SEMICONDUCTOR
ADPTR ADAPTER ELEM ELEMENT INTL INTERNAL SHLD SHIELD
ALIGN ALIGNMENT EPL ELECTRICAL PARTS LISTLPHLDR LAMPHOLDER SHLDR SHOULDERED
AL ALUMINUM EQPT EQUIPMENT MACH MACHINE SKT SOCKET
ASSEM ASSEMBLED EXT EXTERNAL MECH MECHANICAL SL SLIDE
ASSY ASSEMBLY FIL FILLISTER HEAD MTG MOUNTING SLFLKG SELF-LOCKING
ATTEN ATTENUATOR FLEX FLEXIBLE NIP NIPPLE SLVG SLEEVING
AWG AMERICAN WIRE GAGE FLH FLAT HEAD NON WIRE NOT WIRE WOUND SPR SPRING
BD BOARD FLTR FILTER OBD ORDER BY DESCRIPTIONSQ SQUARE
BRKT BRACKET FR FRAME or FRONT OD OUTSIDE DIAMETER SST STAINLESS STEEL
BRS BRASS FSTNR FASTENER OVH OVAL HEAD STL STEEL
BRZ BRONZE FT FOOT PH BRZ PHOSPHOR BRONZE SW SWITCH
BSHG BUSHING FXD FIXED PL PLAIN or PLATE T TUBE
CAB CABINET GSKT GASKET PLSTC PLASTIC TERM TERMINAL
CAP CAPACITOR HDL HANDLE PN PART NUMBER THD THREAD
CER CERAMIC HEX HEXAGON PNH PAN HEAD THK THICK
CHAS CHASSIS HEX HD HEXAGONAL HEAD PWR POWER TNSN TENSION
CKT CIRCUIT HEX SOC HEXAGONAL SOCKET RCPT RECEPTACLE TPG TAPPING
COMP COMPOSITION HLCPS HELICAL COMPRESSIONRES RESISTOR TRH TRUSS HEAD
CONN CONNECTOR HLEXT HELICAL EXTENSION RGD RIGID V VOLTAGE
COV COVER HV HIGH VOLTAGE RLF RELIEF VAR VARIABLE
CPLG COUPLING IC INTEGRATED CIRCUIT RTNR RETAINER W/ WITH
CRT CATHODE RAY TUBE ID INSIDE DIAMETER SCH SOCKET HEAD WSHR WASHER
DEG DEGREE IDENT IDENTIFICATION SCOPE OSCILLOSCOPE XFMR TRANSFORMER
DWR DRAWER IMPLR IMPELLER SCR SCREW XSTR TRANSISTOR
9-1
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P

CROSS INDEX-MFR. CODE NUMBER TO MANUFACTURER

Mfr. Code Manufacturer Address City, State, Zip

0000M SONY/TEKTRONIX CORPORATION P O BOX 14, HANEDA AIRPORT TOKYO 149, JAPAN
000AZ AIR OIL PROD. CORPORATION 2400 E BURNSIDE PORTLAND, OR 97214
000BK STAUFFER SUPPLY 105 SE TAYLOR PORTLAND, OR 97214
000CY NORTHWEST FASTENER SALES, INC.7923 SW CIRRUS DRIVE BEAVERTON, OR 97005
000EX O'HARA METAL PRODUCT COMPANY 542 BRANNAN STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94107
000FW WESTERN SINTERING CO INC. 2620 STEVENS DRIVE RICHLAND, WA 99352
00779 AMP, INC. P.O. BOX 3608 HARRISBURG, PA 17105
05276 ITT, POMONA ELECTRONICS DIVISION P O BOX 2767, 1500 E 9TH ST. POMONA, CA 91766
05574 VIKING INDUSTRIES, INC. 21001 NORDHOFF STREET CHATSWORTH, CA 91311
06090 RAYCHEM CORPORATION 300 CONSTITUTION DRIVE MENLO PARK, CA 94025
06540 AMATOM ELECTRONIC HARDWARE, DIV. OF
MITE CORP. 446 BLAKE ST. NEW HAVEN, CT 06515
07322 MINNESOTA RUBBER CO. 3630 WOODDALE AVENUE MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55416
07707 USM CORP., USM FASTENER DIV. 510 RIVER RD. SHELTON, CT 06484
08261 SPECTRA-STRIP CORP 7100 LAMPSON AVE. GARDEN GROVE, CA 92642
08530 RELIANCE MICA CORP. 342-39TH ST. BROOKLYN, NY 11232
09353 C AND K COMPONENTS, INC. 103 MORSE STREET WATERTOWN, MA 02172
12327 FREEWAY CORPORATION 9301 ALLEN DRIVE CLEVELAND, OH 44125
19209 GENERAL ELECTRIC CO., ELECTRONIC
CAPACITOR AND BATTERY PRODUCTS DEPT.
BATTERY PRODUCTS SEC. P.O. BOX 114 GAINESVILLE, FL 32601
22526 BERG ELECTRONICS, INC. YOUK EXPRESSWAY NEW CUMBERLAND, PA 17070
22599 ESNA, DIV. OF AMERACE CORPORATION 16150 STAGG STREET VAN NUYS, CA 91409
22670 G.M. NAMEPLATE, INC. 2040 15TH AVENUE WEST SEATTLE, WA 98119
24655 GENERAL RADIO CO. 300 BAKER AVE. CONCORD, MA 01742
24931 SPECIALITY CONNECTOR CO., INC. 2620 ENDRESS PLACE GREENWOOD, IN 46142
52152 MINNESOTA MINING AND MFG CO. INDUSTRIAL SPECIALTIES DIV.
3M CENTER ST. PAUL, MN 55144
59730 THOMAS AND BETTS COMPANY 36 BUTLER ST. ELIZABETH, NJ 07207
70903 BELDEN CORP. 2000 S BATAVIA AVENUE GENEVA, IL 60134
71126 BRONSON, HOMER D., CO. 250 MAIN ST., P. O. BOX 98 BEACON FALLS, CT 06403
71400 BUSSMAN MFG., DIVISION OF MCGRAW-
EDISON CO. 2536 W. UNIVERSITY ST. ST. LOUIS, MO 63107
71468 ITT CANNON ELECTRIC 666 E. DYER RD. SANTA ANA, CA 92702
71785 TRW, CINCH CONNECTORS 1501 MORSE AVENUE ELK GROVE VILLAGE, IL 60007
72228 CONTINENTAL SCREW CO., DIV. OF
AMTEL, INC. 459 MT. PLEASANT NEW BEDFORD, MA 02742
73743 FISCHER SPECIAL MFG. CO. 446 MORGAN ST. CINCINNATI, OH 45206
73803 TEXAS INSTRUMENTS, INC., METALLURGICAL
MATERIALS DIV. 34 FOREST STREET ATTLEBORO, MA 02703
74445 HOLO-KROME CO. 31 BROOK ST. WEST HARTFORD, CT 06110
74970 JOHNSON, E. F., CO. 299 10TH AVE. S. W. WASECA, MN 56093
75915 LITTELFUSE, INC. 800 E. NORTHWEST HWY DES PLAINES, IL 60016
77250 PHEOLL MANUFACTURING CO., DIVISION
OF ALLIED PRODUCTS CORP. 5700 W. ROOSEVELT RD. CHICAGO, IL 60650
78189 ILLINOIS TOOL WORKS, INC.
SHAKEPROOF DIVISION ST. CHARLES ROAD ELGIN, IL 60120
78584 STEWART STAMPING CORP. 630 CENTRAL PARK AVE. YONKERS, NY 10704
79136 WALDES, KOHINOOR, INC. 47-16 AUSTEL PLACE LONG ISLAND CITY, NY 11101
79807 WROUGHT WASHER MFG. CO. 2100 S. O BAY ST. MILWAUKEE, WI 53207
80009 TEKTRONIX, INC. P O BOX 500 BEAVERTON, OR 97077
83309 ELECTRICAL SPECIALITY CO., SUBSIDIARY OF
BELDEN CORP. 213 E. HARRIS AVE. SOUTH SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94080
83330 SMITH, HERMAN H., INC. 812 SNEDIKER AVE. BROOKLYN, NY 11207
83385 CENTRAL SCREW CO. 2530 CRESCENT DR. BROADVIEW, IL 60153
83553 ASSOCIATED SPRING CORP., SEABOARD DIV.15001 S BROADWAY, P O BOX 231 GARDENA, CA 90248
85471 BOYD, A. B., CO. 2527 GRANT AVENUE SAN LEANDRO, CA 94579
86928 SEASTROM MFG. COMPANY, INC. 701 SONORA AVENUE GLENDALE, CA 91201
87308 N. L. INDUSTRIES, INC., SOUTHERN SCREW
DIV. P. O. BOX 1360 STATESVILLE, NC 28677
89663 REESE, J. RAMSEY, INC. 71 MURRAY STREET NEW YORK, NY 10007
91737 ITT CANNON GREMAR, INC. 922 S. LYON ST. SANTA ANA, CA 92705
91836 KINGS ELECTRONICS CO., INC. 40 MARBLEDALE ROAD TUCKAHOE, NY 10707
93410 ESSEX INTERNATIONAL, INC., CONTROLS DIV.
LEXINGTON PLANT P. O. BOX 1007 MANSFIELD, OH 44903
97464 INDUSTRIAL RETAINING RING CO. 57 CORDIER ST. IRVINGTON, NJ 07111
97539 APM-HEXSEAL CORP. 44 HONECK ST. ENGLEWOOD, NJ 07631
S3109 C/O PANEL COMPONENTS CORP. P.O. BOX 6626 SANTA ROSA, CA 95406

REV SEP 1983

9-2
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P

CROSS INDEX-MFR. CODE NUMBER TO MANUFACTURER

Mfr. Code Manufacturer Address City, State, Zip

T1063 SCHOOFS INC. P O BOX 67 MORAGA, CA 94556

REV SEP 1983

9-3
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P
Fig. &
IndexTektronix Serial/Model No. Mfr
No, Part No. Eff Dscont Qty 1 2 3 4 5 Name & Description CodeMfr Part Number

1- 437-0190-00 1 CAB.,TDR ACCESS: 80009 437-0190-00

105-0684-00 B010100 B092239 2 LATCH ASSEMBLY: 80009 105-0684-00
105-0684-01 B092240 2 LATCH ASSEMBLY: 80009 105-0684-01
********(ATTACHING PARTS)********
-1 211-0510-00 4 SCREW,MACHINE:6-32 X 0.375,PNH,STL,CD PL 83385 OBD
********(END ATTACHING PARTS)********
LATCH ASSEMBLY INCLUDES:
-2 367-0212-00 B010100 B092239 2 HANDLE,LATCH:2.108 L,AL 80009 367-0212-00
367-0212-01 B092240 2 HANDLE,LATCH:MOLDING 80009 367-0212-01
******** (ATTACHING PARTS)********
-3 214-2350-00 2 PIN,STR,HDLS:0.125 DIA X 2.0 INCH LONG 000BK OBD
-4 214-2357-00 2 PIN,SPRING:0.375" L X 0.125 OD,STL 22599 52-028-125-0375
*******END ATTACHING PARTS)********
-5 351-0463-00 B010100 B092239 2 GUIDE,SHAFT: 80009 351-0463-00
351-0463-01 B092240 2 GUIDE,SHAFT:STEEL 80009 351-0463-01
********(ATTACHING PARTS)********
-6 214-0110-00 2 PIN,SPRING:0.25 L X 0.066 OD,STL,CD PL 22599 52-012-062-0250
*******(END ATTACHING PARTS)*******
-7 214-2352-00 2 SPRING,HLCPS:1.0" L X 0.24" OD,MUSIC WIR 83553 C0240-042-100M
-8 354-0324-00 2 RING,RETAINING:E SHAPE,0.102 ID X 0.270 79136 5133-14-MD
-9 384-1385-00 2 EXTENSION SHAFT:2.274" L X 0.188 OD,STL 80009 384-1385-00
*******(ATTACHING PARTS)*******
-10 214-2351-00 2 PIN,SPRING:0.375" L X 0.101" OD,STL 22599 52-022-094-0375
********(END ATTACHING PARTS)*******
-11 105-0686-00 2 LATCH,COVER 80009 105-0686-00
********(ATTACHING PARTS)********
-12 214-2349-00 2 PIN,STR,HDLS:0.125 DIA X 1.0 INCH LONG,S 000BK OBD
********(END ATTACHING PARTS)*******
-13 361-0762-00 2 SPACER,SLEEVE:0.128 ID X 0.15" L,BRASS 80009 361-0762-00
-14 214-2345-00 2 SPR,HLCL,TRSN:0.665 INCH L X 0.245 OD,SS 80009 214-2345-00
-15 214-2351-00 B010100 B092220 4 PIN,SPRING:0.375" L X 0.101" OD,STL 22599 52-022-094-0375
-16 426-1271-00 B010100 B092220 2 FRAME,LATCH: 80009 426-1271-00
426-1271-02 B092221 2 FRAME,LATCH: 80009 426-1271-02
-17 214-0787-00 1 STEM,LATCH:1.110 X 0.185" WHITE PLSTC 80009 214-0787-00
-18 204-0282-00 1 BODY,LATCH:1.0 X 1.0 X 0.54",BLACK PLS 80009 204-0282-00
-19 214-2389-00 2 PIN,ACTUATOR:POWER SWITCH 80009 214-2389-00
********(ATTACHING PARTS)********
-20 211-0008-00 2 SCREW,MACHINE:4-40 X 0.250,[Link],CD PL 83385 OBD
*********((END ATTACHING PARTS)********
-21 200-1778-00 DOOR,ACCESS:FRONT COVER 80009 200-1778-00
********(ATTACHING PARTS)********
-22 211-0101-00 2 SCREW,MACHINE:4-40 X 0.25,100 DEG,FLH STL 83385 OBD
-23 210-0586-00 2 NUT,PL,ASSEM WA:4-40 X 0.25,STL 83385 OBD
********(END ATTACHING PARTS)********
-24 214-0001-00 1 HINGE,BUTT:1.5 X 1.0,BRS 71126 B78
********(ATTACHING PARTS)********
-25 211-0102-00 2 SCREW,MACHINE:4-40 X 0.500",FLH,STL 83385 OBD
********(END ATTACHING PARTS)********
-26 386-3216-00 1 SUPPORT,HINGE:ACCESS DOOR 80009 386-3216-00
-27 105-0652-00 1 STRIKE,CATCH:ACCESS DOOR 80009 105-0652-00
********(ATTACHING PARTS)********
-28 211-0102-00 2 SCREW,MACHINEi4-40 X0.500",FLH,STL 83385 OBD
********(END ATTAC HING PARTS)********
-29 200-1759-00 1 COVER,TDR UNIT:FRONT 80009 200-1759-00
-30 200-1805-00 2 COV,HDL LATCH: 80009 200-1805-00
********(ATTACHING PARTS)********
-31 213-0739-00 4 SCREW,MACHINE:10-32 X 0.375 INCH,HEX HD,S 83385 OBD
********(END ATTACHING PARTS)********
-32 210-1231-00 2 WASHER,FLAT:0.203 ID X 0.875 OD,STL 86928 5712-82-60-C2
-33 386-3303-01 2 PLATE,SECURING:HANDLE,STEEL 80009 386-3303-01
-34 107-0035-00 4 DISC,FRICTION:0.38 ID X 1.865 OD 80009 107-0035-00
-35 334-2467-00 1 PLATE,IDENT: 80009 334-2467-00
-36 367-0204-01 1 HANDLE,CARRYING:W/HARDWARE 80009 367-0204-01

REV SEP 1983

9-4
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P
Fig. &
IndexTektronix Serial/Model No. Mfr
No, Part No. Eff Dscont Qty 1 2 3 4 5 Name & Description CodeMfr Part Number

1-37 437-0188-00 1 CAB.,TDR UNIT: 80009 437-0188-00

-38 348-0419-00 2 FOOT,CABINET:FRONT 80009 348-0419-00
*********(ATTACHING PARTS)*******
-39 211-0507-00 4 SCREW,MACHINE:6-32 X 0.312 INCH,PNH STL 83385 OBD
*********(END ATTA CHING PARTS)*******
-40 213-0451-00 B010100 B102826 4 SCR,EXT,RLV BOD:FOOT RETAINING 80009 213-0451-00
213-0451-01 B102827 4 SCREW,EXT,RLV:FOOT,RETAINING 80009 213-0451-01
*********(ATTACHING PARTS)*******
-41 354-0175-00 4 RING,RETAINING:TYPE EXT,U/O 0.188 ID SFT 79136 5133-18-MI
*********(END ATTACHING PARTS)*******
334-2666-00 B010100 B102569 1 MARKER,IDENT:MKD 110V 80009 334-2666-00
334-2666-01 B102570 1 MARKER,IDENT:MKD 115VAC 22670 OBD
334-2667-00 B010100 B102569 1 MARKER,IDENT:MARKED 230V 80009 334-2667-00
(OPTION 6 ONLY)
334-2667-01 B102570 1 MARKER,IDENT:MARKED 230VAC 80009 334-2667-01
(OPTION 6 ONLY)

REV SEP 1993

9-5
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P
Fig. &
Index Tektronix Serial/Model No. Mfr
No, Part No. Eff Dscont Qty 1 2 3 4 5 Name & Description Code Mfr Part Number

2-1 366-0494-00 2 KNOB:GRAY WITH SETSCREW 80009 3866-0494-00

213-0153-00 2 SETSCREW:5-40 X 0.125,STL BK OXD,HEX 000CY OBD
-2 366-1319-02 1 KNOB:GY,0.79 ID,0.28 OD,0.32 H 80009 366-1319-02
213-0075-00 1 SETSCREW:4-40 X 0.094,STL BK OXD,HEX 000BK OBD
-3 366-1059-00 1 PUSH BUTTON:GRAY 80009 366-1059-00
-4 366-1334-00 2 KNOB:GRAY 80009 366-1344-00
213-015300 2 SETSCREW:5-40 X 0.125,STL BK OXD,HEX 000CY OBD
-5 366-1190-00 1 KNOB:GRAY 80009 366-1190-00
213-015300 2 SETSCREW:5-40 X 0.125,STL BK OXD,HEX 000CY OBD
-6 366-1031-00 1 KNOB:RED 80009 366-1031-00
213-0153-00 1 SETSCREW:5-40 X 0.125,STL BK OXD,HEX 000CY OBD
-7 366-1408-00 1 KNOB:GRAY 80009 366-1408-00
213-0153-00 2 SETSCREW:5-40 X 0.125,STL BK OXD,HEX 000CY OBD
-8 366-1620-11 1 PUSH BUTTON:GRAY-SOLID POL 80009 366-1620-11
-9 366-1620-10 1 PUSH BUTTON:SIL GY,SOLID PTFE 80009 366-1620-10
-10 3686-1620-08 1 PUSH BUTTON:SIL GY,OTHER 80009 366-1620-08
-11 366-1620-02 1 PUSH BUTTON:GRAY-NOISE FILTER 80009 366-1620-02
-12 426-0681-00 4 FR,PUSH BUTTON:GRAY PLASTIC 80009 426-0681-00
-13 366-1269-00 B010100 B039999 1 KNOB:GY,1.041 OD X 0.7 H,ABS 80009 366-1269-00
3866-1269-05 B040000 1 SHELL,KNOB:GY,1.041 OD X 0.7 H,PC W/LE 80009 366-1269-05
-14 384-1159-01 1 EXTENSION SHAFT:4.5 INCH LONG W/KNOB 80009 384-1159-01
-15 35-0216-00 1 BUSHING,PLASTIC:0.257 ID X 0.412 INCH OD 80009 358-0216-00
-16 RESISTOR,VAR:(SEE R0472 REPL)
-17 210-0046-00 1 WASHER,LOCK:0.261 ID,INTL,0.018 THK,BRS 78189 1214-05-00-0541C
-18 129-0290-00 1 POST,ELEC-MECH:0.635 INCH LONG,HEX 80009 129-0290-00
********(ATTACHING PARTS)********
-19 35-0342-00 1 BSHG,[Link].25 X 32 X 0.352 INCH LONG 80009 358-0342-00
********** (END ATTACHING PAR TS)********
-20 SWITCH,TOGGLE:(SEE S0481 REPL)
********(ATTACHING PARTS)********
-21 200-1744-00 1 CAP.,TOGGLE SW:SEAL,25-40 THD 97539 N5040
-22 211-0583-00 1 SCREW,MACHINE:0.25-32 X 0.312 INCH,BRS 83385 OBD
********(END ATTACHING PARTS)********
-23 162-0593-00 B010100 B081319 IN INS SLV,ELEC:0.5 INCH DIA,BLUE HEAT SHRI 06090 1004040
162-0031-00 B081320 AR INSUL SLVG,ELEC:HEAT SHRINK,0.54 ID 93410 FL25090
-24 352-0362-00 2 FUSEHOLDER: W/MOUNTING HARDWARE 75915 345603
********(ATTA CHING PARTS)********
220-0859-00 B071082 2 NUT,PLAIN,HEX:5-28 THD X 0.688 HEX,STL 80009 220-0859-00
********(END ATTACHING PARTS)********
-25 210-1245-00 1 WASHER,FLAT:0.375 ID X 0.562 OD,STL 85471 OBD
-26 210-1242-00 2 WASHER,FLAT:0.51 ID X 0.688 OD,AL 86928 5712-113-90
-27 1 RES.,VAR,WW:(SEE R1051 REPL)
********(ATTACHING PARTS)********
-28 210-0583-00 B010100 8113138 2 NUT,PLAIN,HEX:0.25-32 X 0.312 INCH,BRS 73743 2X20317-402
-29 210-0940-00 B010100 8089999 1 WASHER,FLAT:0.25 ID X 0.375 INCH OD,STL 79807 OBD
220-0484-00 8090000 6113138 1 NUT,PLAIN,HEX.:0.2542 X 0.375 INCH AL 80009 220-0484-00
********(END ATTACHING PARTS)********
RESISTOR ASSY INCLUDES:
RESISTOR,VAR:(SEE R0151 REPL)
210-0583-00 2 NUT,PLAIN,HEX:0.25-32 X 0.312 INCH,BRS 73743 2X20317-402
220-0484-00 1 NUT,PLAIN,HEX.:0.25-32 X 0.375 INCH AL 80009 220-0484-00
1 SWITCH,PUSH:(SEE S0151 REPL)
-30 1 RESISTOR,VAR:(SEE R0251 REPL)
********(ATTACHING PARTS)********
-31 210-0583-00 2 NUT,PLAIN,HEX:0.25-32 X 0.312 INCH,BRS 73743 2X20317-402
-32 210-0940-00 1 WASHER,FLAT:0.25 ID X 0.375 INCH OD,STL 79807 OBD
********(END ATTACHING PARTS)********
-33 1 RESISTOR,VAR:(SEE R0263 REPL)
-34 210-0223-00 1 TERMINAL,LUG:0.25 INCH DIA,SE 86928 A313136
-35 129-0290-00 1 POST,ELEC-MECH:0.635 INCH LONG,HEX 80009 129-0290-00
********(ATTACHING PARTS)********
-36 358-0342-00 1 [Link].25 X 32 X 0.352 INCH LONG 80009 358-0342-00
********(END ATTACHING PARTS)********
-37 200-1341-00 2 COVER,INS,HV:MOLDE BLACK 80009 200-1341-00

REV SEP 1983

9-6
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P
Fig. &
IndexTektronix Serial/Model No. Mfr
No, Part No. Eff Dscont Qty 1 2 3 4 5 Name & Description CodeMfr Part Number

2-38 1 RESISTOR,VAR:(SEE R0432 REPL)

*********(ATTACHING PARTS)********
-39 210-0583-00 1 NUT,PLAIN,HEX:0.25-32 X 0.312 INCH,BRS 73743 2X20317-402
-40 210-0940-00 1 WASHER,FLAT:0.25 ID X 0.375 INCH OD,STL 79807 OBD
*********(END ATTACHING PARTS)********
-41 RESISTOR,VAR:(SEE R0442 REPL)
*********(ATTACHING PARTS)********
-42 210-0583-00 1 NUT,PLAIN,HEX:0.2532 X 0.312 INCH,BRS 73743 2X20317-402
-43 210-0940-00 1 WASHER,FLAT:0.25 ID X 0.375 INCH OD,STL 79807 OBD
*********(END ATTACHING PARTS)********
354-0563-00 B040000 1 PACKING,PREFMD:0.65 ID X 0.74 OD 000AZ 5-64 N506-65
-44 1 RESISTOR,VAR:(SEE R0271 REPL)
-45 210-1085-00 1 WASHER,FLAT:0.375 ID X 0.75 INCH OD,STL 12327 OBD
-46 210-0845-00 1 WASHER,FLAT:0.500 ID X 0.625 INCH OD,ST 89663 634-R
-47 333-1991-03 B010100 B102694 1 PANEL,FRONT: 80009 333-1991-03
333-1991-05 B102695 1 PANEL,FRONT: 80009 333-1991-05
333-2119-02 B010100 B102694 1 PANEL,FRONT: 80009 333-2119-02
(OPTION 5 ONLY)
333-2119-04 B102695 1 PANEL,FRONT: 80009 333-2119-04
(OPTION 5 ONLY)
-48 348-0421-00 B010100 B060959 1 SEAL,INDICATOR:BATTERY LEVEL 80009 348-0421-00
B060960 1 (REPLACEABLE WITH FRONT PANEL ASSY)
-49 210-1246-00 2 WASHER,FLAT:0.5 ID X 0.688 OD,STL 80009 210-1246-00
211-0160-00 B102695 1 SCREW MACHINE:0-80 X 0.188,FILH,SST,SLOT 83385 OBD
-50 348-0409-03 1 SEAL,PB: 3 BUTTON 80009 348-0409-03
-51 348-0409-01 1 SEAL,PB: 1 BUTTON 80009 348-0409-01
-52 348-0422-00 1 SEAL,SWITCH:POWER 80009 348-0422-00
-53 1 METER,ELEC FREQO:(SEE M0171 REPL)
-54 352-0243-00 1 HOLDER,INDICATR:BATTERY LEVEL,PLASTIC 80009 352-0243-00
-55 348-0477-00 2 SEAL,RBR STRIP:0.94 X 28.0 INCH LONG 85471 OBD
-56 348-0342-01 B010100 B010209 1 PAD,CUSHIONING:REAR CRT W/PLATE 80009 348-0342-01
*********(ATTACHING PARTS)********
-57 211-0513-00 B010100 B010209 2 SCREW,MACHINE:6-32 X 0.625 INCH,PNH STL 83385 OBD
*********(END ATTACHING PARTS)********
-58 214-1304-00 B010100 B010209 2 SPRING,HLCPS:0.30 OD X 1.25 INCH LONG 80009 214-1304-00
-59 361-0109-00 B010100 B010209 2 NUT,PLAIN,HEX:0.641 INCH LONG,W/0.375 HEX 80009 361-0109-00
*********(ATTACH ING PARTS)********
-60 211-0507-00 B010100 B010209 2 SCREW,MACHINE: 6-32 X 0.312 INCH,PNH STL 83385 OBD
-61 210-0006-00 B010100 B010209 2 WASHER,LOCK:#6 INTL,0.018 THK,STL CD PL 78189 1206-00-00-0541C
*********(END ATTACHING PARTS)********
-62 213-0738-00 B010210 1 SCREW,ADJUSTING:1.188 INCH LONG 80009 213-0738-00
-63 220-0415-00 B010210 1 NUT,PLAIN,HEX.:0.312-32 X 0.013" THK,BRS 73743 2X-28046-402
-64 129-0602-00 B010210 1 POST,ELEC-MECH:1.14" L,0.438 HEX BRASS 80009 129-0602-00
*********(ATTACHING PARTS)********
-65 212-0507-00 B010210 1 SCREW,MACHINE:10-342 X 0.375 INCH,PNH STL 83385 OBD
-66 210-0009-00 B010210 1 WASHER,LOCK:EXT,0.1931D X 0.40” OD,STL 78189 1110-00
*********(END ATTACHING PARTS)********
-67 129-0562-00 B010210 1 POST,RETAINER:0.892 INCH LONG X 0.375 HEX 80009 129-0562-00
*********(ATTACH ING PARTS)********
-68 211-0198-00 B010210 1 SCREW,MACHINE:4-40 X 0.438 PNH,STL,POZ 77250 OBD
-69 210-0003-00 1 WASHER,LOCK:EXT,0.123 ID X 0.245” OD,ST 78189 1104-00-00-0541C
*********(END ATTACHING PARTS)********
-70 386-3520-00 B010210 1 SUPPORT,CRT:REAR 80009 386-3520-00
*********(ATTACHING PARTS)********
-71 210-0586-00 B010210 1 NUT,PL,ASSEM WA:4-40 X 0.25,STL 83385 OBD
-72 211-0033-00 B010210 5 SCR,ASSEM WSHR:4-40 X 0.312 PNH,STL,CD PL 83385 OBD
*********(END ATTACHING PARTS)********
-73 386-3153-00 1 SUPPORT,CRT SH:REAR 80009 386-3153-00
*********(ATTACHING PARTS)********
-74 210-0586-00 3 NUT,PL,ASSEM WA:4-40 X 0.25,STL 83385 OBD
-75 211-0008-00 6 SCREW,MACHINE:4-40 X 0.250,PNH,STL,CD PL 83385 OBD
*********(END ATTACHING PARTS)********
-76 136-0644-00 1 SOCKET ASSY:CRT 80009 136-0644-00
-77 386-1316-00 1 SUPPORT,CRT:REAR 80009 386-1316-00
-78 136-0266-01 1 SKT,PL-IN ELEK:ELCTRN TUBE,12 CONT,W/LEAD 0000M OBD
-79 131-0707-00 55 CONNECTOR,TERM:22-26 AWG,BRS & CU BE GOLD 22526 47439
131-0708-00 2 CONTACT,ELEC:0.48"L,28-32 AWG WIRE 22526 47437
131-0621-00 4 CONNECTOR,TERM:22-26 AWG,BRS & CU BE GOLD 22526 46231

REV SEP 1983

9-7
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P
Fig. &
IndexTektronix Serial/Model No. Mfr
No, Part No. Eff Dscont Qty 1 2 3 4 5 Name & Description CodeMfr Part Number

2-80 352-0171-03 1 CONN BODY,PL,EL:1 WIRE ORANGE 80009 352-0171-03

352-0171-08 1 CONN BODY,PL,EL:1 WIRE GRAY 80009 352-0171-08
352-0171-09 1 CONN BODY,PL,EL:1 WIRE WHITE 80009 352-0171-09
-81 352-0169-01 1 HLDR TERM CONN:2 WIRE BROWN 80009 352-0169-01
352-0169-02 1 CONN BODY,PL,EL:2 WIRE RED 80009 352-0169-00
-82 352-0162-03 1 CONN BODY,PL,EL:4 WIRE-ORANGE 80009 352-0162-03
352-0162-07 1 CONN BODY,PL,EL:4 WIRE VIOLET 80009 352-0162-07
-83 352-0163-04 1 CONN BODY,PL,EL:5 WIRE YELLOW 80009 352-0163-04
352-0163-05 1 CONN BODY,PL,EL:5 WIRE GREEN 80009 352-0163-05
-84 352-0165-08 1 CONN BODY,PL,EL:7 WIRE GRAY 80009 352-0165-08
352-0165-09 1 CONN BODY,PL,EL:7 WIRE WHITE 80009 352-0165-09
-85 352-0166-05 1 CONN BODY,PL,EL:8 WIRE GREEN 80009 352-0166-05
352-0166-06 1 CONN BODY,PL,EL:8 WIRE BLUE 80009 352-0166-06
-86 352-0168-09 1 CONN BODY,PL,EL:10 WIRE WHITE 80009 352-0168-09
-87 352-0200-02 1 CONN BODY,PL EL:4 WIRE RED 80009 352-0200-02
-88 386-3113-00 1 SUPPORT,CRT:REAR 80009 386-3113-00
-89 348-0239-00 1 GROMMET,PLASTIC:DK GRAY,U-SHAPE,0.27 ID 80009 348-0239-00
-90 348-0067-00 1 GROMMET,PLASTIC:0.312 INCH DIA 80009 348-0067-00
-91 337-2085-00 1 SHIELD,CRT: 80009 337-2085-00
-92 386-3112-00 1 SUPPORT,CRT:FRONT 80009 386-3112-00
-93 343-0610-00 1 RETAINER,SHLD:IMPLOSION 80009 343-0610-00
-94 337-2206-00 1 SHLD,IMPLOSION:CRT,CLEAR 80009 337-2206-00
-95 407-1589-00 1 BRACKET,ANGLE:PLUG IN GUIDE,ALUMINUM 80009 407-1589-00
*********(ATTACHING PARTS)********
-96 211-0084-00 2 SCREW,MACHINE:4-40 X 0.250,PNH,STL,CD PL 83385 OBD
*********(END ATTACHING PARTS)********
-97 337-2137-00 1 SHIELD,ELEC:PULSER SAMPLER,BOTTOM 80009 337-2137-00
*********(ATTACHING PARTS)********
-98 211-0136-00 12 SCREW,MACHINE:2-56 X 0.094 INCH,PNH STL 73743 OBD
*********(END ATTACHING PARTS)********
-99 337-2138-00 1 SHIELD,ELEC:PULSER SAMPLER,TOP 80009 337-2138-00
- (MOUNTED ON COMPONENT SIDE OF CKT BD)
*********(ATTACHING PARTS)********
-100 211-0136-00 12 SCREW,MACHINE:2-56 X 0.094 INCH,PNH STL 73743 OBD
*********(END ATTACHING PARTS)********
-101 381-0359-00 1 BAR,SUPPORT:PULSE SAMPLER,TOP,AL 80009 381-0359-00
*********(ATTACHING PARTS)********
-102 213-0202-00 9 SCREW,MACHINE:2-56 X 0.625 INCH,FLH STL 83385 OBD
*********(END ATTACHING PARTS)********
-103 337-2133-00 1 SHIELD,ELEC:50 OHM STRIP LINE,BOTTOM 80009 337-2133-00
*********(ATTACHING PARTS)********
-104 211-0159-00 6 SCREW,MACHINE:2-56 X 0.375 INCH,PNH STL 87308 OBD
-105 211-0100-00 B010100 B040622 1 SCREW,MACHINE:2-56 X 0.750 INCH,PNH,STL 83385 OBD
213-0202-00 B040623 1 SCREW,MACHINE:2-56 X 0.625 INCH,FLH STL 83385 OBD
-106 213-0202-00 5 SCREW,MACHINE:2-56 X 0.625 INCH,FLH STL 83385 OBD
*********(END ATTACHING PARTS)********
-107 381-0358-00 1 BAR,SUPPORT:PULSE SAMPLER,BOTTOM,AL 80009 381-0358-00
*********(ATTACHING PARTS)********
-108 211-0030-00 2 SCREW,MACHINE:2-56 X 0.25"82 DEG,FLH STL 83385 OBD
*********(END ATTACHING PARTS)********
-109 337-2134-00 1 SHIELD,ELEC-50 OHM STRIP LINE,TOP 80009 337-2134-00
*********(ATTACHING PARTS)********
-110 211-0008-00 4 SCREW,MACHINE:4-40 X 0;250,PNH,STL,CD PL 83385 OBD
*********(END ATTACHING PARTS)********
-111 210-1251-00 1 WASHER,FLAT:0.5 ID X 0.688 OD,SPONGE 80009 210-1251-00
-112 129-0554-00 B010100 B113859 1 SPACER,POST:0.975" L W/4-40 THD,PLSTC 80009 129-0554-00
129-0554-01 B113860 1 SPACER,POST:0.975L W/0.094 ID 80009 129-0554-01
*********(ATTACHING PARTS)********
-113 211-0008-00 B010100 B113859 2 SCREW,MACHINE:4-40 X 0.250,PNH,STL,CD PL 83385 OBD
213-0912-00 B113860 2 SCREW,TPGTF:4-20 X 0.25,PNH,STL,CD,PL 72228 OBD
*********(ATTACHING PARTS)********

REV SEP 1983

9-8
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P
Fig. &
IndexTektronix Serial/Model No. Mfr
No, Part No. Eff Dscont Qty 1 2 3 4 5 Name & Description CodeMfr Part Number

2-114 384-1101-00 4 EXTENSION SHAFT:4.14 INCH LONG 80009 384-1101-00

672-0487-00 1 CKT BOARD ASSY:MAIN 80009 672-0487-00
672-0570-00 1 CKT BOARD ASSY:MAIN-VERTICAL 80009 672-0570-00
- (OPTION 5 ONLY)
*********(ATTACHING PARTS)********
-115 377-0451-00 2 INSERT SFT SEAL:0.625 OD X 0.407,0.562-18 80009 377-0451-00
-116 354-0555-00 2 PACKING,PREFMD:0.25 ID X 0.375 INCH OD 07322 8010-559AN
-117 211-0116-00 1 SCR,ASSEM WSHR:4-40 X 0.312 INCH,PNH BRS 83385 OBD
-118 213-0088-00 1 SCR,TPG,THD CTG:4-24 X 0.25 INCH,PNH STL 83385 OBD
*********(END ATTACHING PARTS)********
- CKT BOARD ASSY INCLUDES:
-119 1 CKT BOARD ASSY:MAIN(SEE A1 REPL)
*********(ATTACHING PARTS)********
346-0160-00 B060986 1 STRAP,GROUNDING:0.625 L 80009 346-0160-00
-120 211-0147-00 10 SCREW,MACHINE:4-40 X 0.25 INCH,PNH STL 83385 OBD
-121 210-0003-00 10 WASHER,LOCK:EXT,0.123 ID X 0.245" OD,ST 78189 1104-00-00-0541C
*********(END ATTACHING PARTS)********
- CKT BOARD ASSY INCLUDES:
-122 337-2157-00 2 SHIELD,ELEC:PULSER SAMPLER 80009 337-2157-00
-123 337-2158-00 2 SHIELD,ELEC:STROBE/PREAMPL 80009 337-2158-00
-124 337-2135-00 1 SHIELD,ELEC:PULSER,SAMPLER,REAR 80009 337-2135-00
-125 131-1097-00 B010100 B040615 1 CONNECTOR,RCPT,: BNC,FEMALE,CKT BOARD MT 24931 28JR220-2
131-2010-00 B040616 1 CONNECTOR,RCPT: BNC,FEMALE 24931 28JR200-2
200-2069-00 B040616 1 CAP.,PROTECTIVE: BNC,RECEPTACLE 24931 28PC110-2
-126 131-0604-00 13 CONTACT,ELEC: CKT BD SW,SPR,CU BE 80009 131-0604-00
-127 200-0687-01 6 COV,TRANSISTOR:: 0.438 DIA X 0.47 INCH H 80009 200-0687-01
-128 136-0235-00 6 SOCKET,PLUG-IN: 6 CONTACT,ROUND 71785 133-96-12-062
-129 343-0497-00 1 CLIP,SWITCH: REAR 80009 343-0497-00
*********( ATTACHING PARTS)********
-130 210-3033-00 6 EYELET,METALLIC: 0.59 OD X 0.156 INCH LON 07707 SE-25
*********(END ATTACHING PARTS)********
-131 343-0496-00 1 CLIP,SWITCH: FRONT 80009 343-0496-00
*********(ATTACHING PARTS)********
-132 210-3033-00 6 EYELET,METALLIC: 0.59 OD X 0.156 INCH LON 07707 SE-25
*********(END ATTACHING PARTS)********
-133 136-0514-00 B010100 B102647 1 SKT,PL-IN ELEC: MICROCIRCUIT,8 DIP 73803 CS9002-8
-134 131-0608-00 38 TERMINAL,PIN: 0.365 L X 0.025 PH BRZ GOLD 22526 47357
-135 214-0579-00 13 TERM,TEST POINT: BRS CD PL 80009 214-0579-00
-136 136-0252-04 B010100 B102647 94 SOCKET,PIN TERM: U/W 0.016-0.018 DIA PINS 22526 75060-007
-137 136-0260-02 B010100 B102647 1 SKT,PL-IN ELEK :MICROCIRCUIT,16 DIP,LOW C 71785 133-51-92-008
-138 136-0269-02 B010100 B102647 2 SKT,PL-IN ELEK: MICROCIRCUIT,14 DIP,LOW C 73803 CS9002-14
-139 214-0259-00 1 SPRING,HLCPS: 0.118 OD X 0.312 L,CLOSED 80009 214-0259-00
-140 210-0676-00 1 EYELET,METALLIC:0.089 OD X 0.281 L,BRS 83385 OBD
-141 380-0103-00 1 HSG,HELICAL SPR: BRS ALBALOY PL 80009 380-0103-00
-142 1 SWITCH,PB ASSY: (SEE S1251 REPL)
1 SW CAM ACTR AS: (SEE S1222 REPL)
*********(ATTACHING PARTS)********
-143 211-0147-00 6 SCREW,MACHINE: 4-40 X 0.25 INCH,PNH STL 83385 OBD
-144 210-0003-00 6 WASHER,LOCK: EXT,0.123 ID X 0.245" OD,ST 78189 1104-00-00-0541C
*********(END ATTACHING PARTS)********
ACTUATOR ASSY INCLUDES:
-145 131-0963-00 1 CONTACT,ELEC: GROUNDING 000EX OBD
-146 210-0406-00 3 NUT,PLAIN,HEX.: 4-40 X 0 188 INCH,BRS 73743 12161-50
-147 214-1139-02 2 SPRING,FLAT: GREEN COLORED 80009 214-1139-02
-148 214-1127-00 2 ROLLER,DETENT: 0.125 DIA X 0.125,SST 80009 214-1127-00
-149 401-0081-02 1 BEARING,CAM SW: FRONT 80009 401-0081-02
*********(ATTACHING PARTS)********
-150 354-0391-00 1 RING,RETAINING: 0.395"FREE ID X 0.025" S 97464 3100-43-CD
*********(END ATTACHING PARTS)********
-151 105-0647-00 1 ACTUATOR,CAM SW: FEED/DIV 80009 105-0647-00
-152 210-0406-00 4 NUT,PLAIN,HEX.: 4-40 X 0.188 INCH,BRS 73743 12161-50

REV SEP 1983

9-9
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P
Fig. &
IndexTektronix Serial/Model No. Mfr
No. Part No. Eff Dscont Qty 1 2 3 4 5 Name & Description CodeMfr Part Number

2-153 401-0115-00 1 BEARING,CAM SW:CENTER 80009 401-0115-00

-154 105-0648-00 1 ACTUATOR,CAM SW:X.1-X1 80009 105-648-00
********(ATTACHING PARTS)********
-155 354-0391-00 1 RING,RETAINING:0.395"FREE ID X 0.025” S 97464 3100-43-CD
********(END ATTACHING PARTS)********
-156 210-0406-00 4 NUT,PLAIN,HEX.:4-40 X 0.188 INCH,BRS 73743 12161-50
-157 214-1139-02 2 SPRING,FLAT:GREEN COLORED 80009 214-1139-02
-158 214-1127-00 2 ROLLER,DETENT:0.125 DIA X 0.125,SST 80009 214-1127-00
-159 401-0081-02 1 BEARING,CAM SW:FRONT 80009 401-0081-02
1 SW CAM ACTR AS:(SEE S2126 REPL)
********(ATTACHING PARTS)********
-160 211-0147-00 4 SCREW,MACHINE:4-40 X 0.25 INCH,PNH STL 83385 OBD
-161 210-0003-00 4 WASHER,LOCK:EXT,0.123 ID X 0.245" OD,ST 78189 1104-00-00-0541C
********(END ATTACHING PARTS)******* *
ACTUATOR ASSY INCLUDES:
-162 131-0963-00 2 CONTACT,ELEC:GROUNDING 000EX OBD
-163 210-0406-00 2 NUT,PLAIN,HEX.:4-40 X 0.188 INCH,BRS 73743 12161-50
-164 214-1139-02 2 SPRING,FLAT:GREEN COLORED 80009 214-1139-02
-165 214-1127-00 2 ROLLER,DETENT:0.125 DIA X 0.125,SST 80009 214-1127-00
-166 401-0081-02 1 BEARING,CAM SW:FRONT 80009 401-0081-02
********(ATTACHING PARTS)********
-167 354-0391-00 1 RING,RETAINING:0.395"FREE ID X 0.025" S 97464 3100-43-CD
********(END ATTACHING PARTS)*** *****
-168 105-0646-00 1 ACTUATOR,CAM SW:REFLECTION/DIV 80009 105-0646-00
-169 210-0406-00 4 NUT,PLAIN,HEX.:4-40 X 0.188 INCH,BRS 73743 12161-50
-170 401-0115-00 1 BEARING,CAM SW:CENTER 80009 401-0115-00
-171 1 CKT BOARD ASSY:VERT AMPL/SLOW RAMP
- (SEE A2 REPL)
-172 131-0604-00 7 CONTACT,ELEC:CKT BD SW,SPR,CU BE 80009 131-0604-00
-173 136-0269-02 B010100 B102647 1 SKT,PL-IN ELEK:MICROCIRCUIT,14 DIP,LOW C 73803 CS9002-14
-174 136-0252-04 B010100 8102647 36 SOCKET,PIN TERM:U/W 0.016-0.018 DIA PINS 22526 75060-007
-175 214-0579-00 6 TERM,TEST POINT:BRS CD PL 80009 214-0579-00
-176 131-0608-00 34 TERMINAL,PIN:0.365 L X 0.025 PH BRZ GOLD 22526 47357
-177 361-0384-00 2 SPACER,PB SW:0.133 INCH LONG 80009 361-0384-00
-178 1 SWITCH,PUSH:(SEE S2254 REPL)
-179 136-Q514-00 B010100 B102647 3 SKT,PL-IN ELEC:MICROCIRCUIT,8 DIP 73803 CS9002-8

REV SET 1983

9-10
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P
Fig. &
IndexTektronix Serial/Model No. Mfr
No, Part No. Eff Dscont Qty 1 2 3 4 5 Name & Description CodeMfr Part Number

3-1 337-2194-00 1 SHIELD,ELEC:EMI,TOP 80009 337-2194-00

-2 342-0309-00 1 INSULATOR,FILM:EMI,TOP,PLASTIC 80009 342-0309-00
-3 337-2193-00 1 SHIELD,ELEC:EMI,BOTTOM 80009 337-2193-00
-4 342-0310-00 1 INSULATOR,FILM:EMI,BOTTOM;PLASTIC 80009 342-0310-00
-5 131-1726-00 3 JACK,TIP:BLACK,W/HARDWARE 83330 256-103
-6 131-1726-01 3 JACK,TIP:RED,W/HARDWARE 83330 21293-RED
-7 366-1368-00 1 KNOB:PLUG-IN,SECURING 80009 366-1368-00
213-0076-00 1 SETSCREW:2-56 X 0.125 INCH,[Link] S 74445 OBD
-8 384-1349-00 2 PIN,STR,THD:0.125 DIA X 6.417" LONG 80009 384-1349-00
********(ATTACHING PARTS)********
-9 354-0163-00 2 RING,RETAINING:TRUARC,CAD PLATE 79136 5133-12MD
-10 210-1011-00 2 WASHER,NONMETAL:0.13 ID X 0.375” OD,PLSTC 83309 OBD
-11 354-0538-00 2 PACKING,PREFMD:0.119 ID X 0.125" OD,NPRN 07322 8006-366Y
-12 210-0803-00 2 WASHER,FLAT:0.15 ID X 0.032 THK,STL CD 12327 OBD
********(END ATTACHING PARTS)********
-13 333-2021-00 1 PANEL,FRONT: 80009 333-2021-00
-14 386-3229-00 B010100 B050909 1 SUBPANEL,FRONT: 80009 386-3229-00
3863229-03 B050910 1 SUBPANEL,FRONT: 80009 386-3229-03
********(ATTACHING PARTS)********
-15 211-0101-00 4 SCREW,MACHINE:4-40 X 0.25,100 DEG,FLH STL 83385 OBD
********(END ATTACHING PARTS)********
-16 1 CKT BOARD ASSY:X-Y PLUG-IN(SEE A7 REPL)
********(ATTACHING PARTS)********
-17 211-0116-00 4 SCR,ASSEM WSHR:4-40 X 0.312 INCH,PNH BRS 83385 OBD
********(END ATTACHING PARTS)********
CKT BOARD ASSY INCLUDES:
-18 131-0608-00 3 TERMINAL,PIN:0.365 L X 0.025 PH BRZ GOLD 22526 47357
-19 131-0993-00 1 BUS,CONDUCTOR:2 WIRE BLACK 00779 850100-01
-20 136-0220-00 B010100 B102647 1 SKT,PL-IN ELEK:TRANSISTOR 3 CONTACT,PCB M 71785 133-23-11-034
-21 407-1633-00 1 BRACKET,FR SECT:ALUMINUM 80009 407-1633-00
********(ATTACHING PARTS)********
-22 211-0101-00 2 SCREW,MACHINE:4-40 X 0.25,100 DEG,FLH STL 83385 OBD
********(END ATTACHING PARTS)********
-23 220-0547-01 4 NUT,BLOCK:0.38 X 0.26 X 0.282 (2)4-40 000FW OBD
********(ATTACHING PA RTS)********
-24 211-0101-00 4 SCREW,MACHINE:4-40 X 0.25,100 DEG,FLH STL 83385 OBD
********(END ATTACHING PARTS)********
-25 426-1204-00 2 FRAME SECTION:LEFT AND RIGHT 80009 426-1204-00
-26 426-1187-04 B010100 B102694 1 FRAME PNL,CAB.:FRONT 80009 426-1187-04
426-1187-01 B102695 1 FRAME PNL,CAB.:FRONT 80009 426-1187-01
********(ATTACHING PARTS)********
-27 213-0718-00 1 SCR,TPG,THD FOR:6-20 X 0.625 INCH,OVH STL 83385 OBD
-28 213-0227-00 5 SCR,TPG,THD FOR:6-32 X 0.50 DEG,FLH ST 83385 OBD
********(END ATTACHING PARTS)********
337-2206-00 B010100 B112954 1 SHLD,IMPLOSION:CRT,CLEAR 80009 337-2206-00
337-2206-02 B112955 1 SHLD,IMPLOSION:CRT 80009 337-2206-02
-29 1 CKT BOARD ASSY:OUTPUT AMPL(SEE A3 REPL)
********(ATTACHING PARTS)********
-30 213-0088-00 4 SCR,TPG;THD CTG:4-24 X 0.25 INCH,PNH STL 83385 OBD
********(END ATTACHING PARTS)********
CKT BOARD ASSY INCLUDES:
-31 136-0252-04 B010100 B102647 27 SOCKET,PIN TERM:U/W 0.016-0.018 DIA PINS 22526 75060-007
-32 136-0269-02 B010100 B102647 2 SKT,PL-IN ELEK:MICROCIRCUIT,14 DIP,LOW CL 73803 CS9002-14
-33 131-0608-00 22 TERMINAL,PIN:0.365 L X 0.025 PH BRZ GOLD 22526 47357
131-0589-00 5 TERMINAL,PIN:0.46 L X 0.025 SQ 22526 48283-029
-34 346-0127-00 B010100 B114407 2 STRAP,TIE DOWN:4.0" L X 0.091" WIDE 59730 TY53M
343-0775-00 B114408 1 CLIP,SPR TNSN: 52152 3484-1000
-35 214-1756-00 1 ACTUATOR,SWITCH:POWER 80009 214-1756-00
-36 260-0834-00 1 SWITCH,TOGGLE:DPDT,5A,125VAC,0.25-40 THD 09353 U21-SHZQE

REV SEP 1983

9-11
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P
Fig. &
IndexTektronix Serial/Model No. Mfr
No, Part No. Eff Dscont Qty 1 2 3 4 5 Name & Description CodeMfr Part Number

3-37 210-0269-00 B010160 1 TERMINAL,LUG:NON LOCKING,0.257" MTG HOLE 78584 905-020

-38 407-1590-00 1 BRACKET,ANGLE:POWER SWITCH,ALUMINUM 80009 407-1590-00
********(ATTACHING PARTS)********
-39 211-0101-00 2 SCREW,MACHINE:4-40 X 0.25,100 DEG,FLH STL 83385 OBD
********(END ATTACHING PARTS)********
40 351-0436-00 1 GUIDE,PL-IN UNI:UPPER RIGHT 80009 351-0436-00
********(ATTACHING PARTS)********
-41 213-0192-00 1 SCR,TPG,THD FOR:6-32 X 0.50 INCH,PNH STL 87308 OBD
********(END ATTACHING PARTS)********
-42 1 CKT BOARD ASSY:CHART REC LOGIC
- (SEE A5 REPL)
********(ATTACHING PARTS)********
-43 211-0008-00 4 SCREW,MACHINE:4-40 X 0.250,PNH,STL,CD PL 83385 OBD
********(END ATTACHING PARTS)********
CKT BOARD ASSY INCLUDES:
-44 131-0589-00 16 TERMINAL,PIN:0.46 L X 0.025 SQ 22526 48283-029
-45 136-0514-00 B010100 B102647 1 SKT,PL-IN ELEC:MICROCIRCUIT,8 DIP 73803 CS9002-8
-46 136-0269-02 B010100 B102647 4 SKT,PL-IN ELEK:MICROCIRCUIT,14 DIP,LOW CL 73803 CS9002-14
-47 136-0252-04 B010100 B102647 47 SOCKET,PIN TERM:U/W 0.016-0.018 DIA PINS 22526 75060-007
-48 136-0263-04 10 SOCKET,PIN TERM:FOR 0.025 INCH SQUARE PIN 22526 75377-001
-49 136-0260-02 B010100 B102647 1 SKT,PL-IN ELEK:MICROCIRCUIT,16 DIP,LOW CL 71785 133-51-92-008
-50 214-0579-00 7 TERM,TEST POINT:BRS CD PL 80009 214-0579-00
-51 220-0729-00 1 NUT BLOCK:0.25 X 0.471 INCH LONG 80009 220-0729-00
********(ATTACHING PARTS)********
-52 211-0101-00 1 SCREW,MACHINE:4-40 X 0.25,100 DEG,FLH STL 83385 OBD
********(END ATTACHING PARTS)********
-53 351-0435-00 1 GUIDE,PL-IN:LOVER LEFT 80009 351-0435-00
********(ATTACHING PARTS)********
-54 213-0192-00 1 SCR,TPG,THD tOR:6-32 X 0.50 INCH,PNH STL 87308 OBD
********(ATTACHING PARTS)********
-55 131-1165-00 1 CONNECTOR,RCPT,:15 PIN FEMALE,FLOATING 71468 DAF-15S
********(ATTACHING PARTS)********
-56 211-0034-00 2 SCREW,MACHINE:2-56 X 0.50 INCH,PNH 83385 OBD
-57 361-0742-00 3 SPACER,SLEEVE:0.094 ID X 0.2 INCH LONG 80009 361-0742-00
********(END ATTACHING PARTS)********
-58 134-0014-00 2 PLUG,TIP:MALE 74970 023-0026-001
********(END ATTACHING PARTS)********
-59 210-0457-00 2 NUT,PL,ASSEM WA:6-32 X 0.312,STL CD PL 83385 OBD
-60 210-0202-00 2 TERMINAL,LUG:0.146 ID,LOCKING,BRZ TINNED 78189 2104-06-00-2520N
-61 210-0975-00 2 WSHR,SHOULDERED:0.14 ID X 0.247" OD,PLSTC 80009 210-0975-00
-62 210-0933-00 2 WASHER,NONMETAL:0.625'DIA,0.002 MICA 08530 OBD
********(ATTACHING PARTS)********
-63 343-0089-00 1 CLAMP,LOOP:LARGE 80009 343-0089-00
-64 343-0213-00 1 CLAMP,LOOP:0.2 ID,PLASTIC 80009 343-0213-00
-65 348-0064-00 1 GROMMET,PLASTIC:0.625 INCH DIA 80009 348-0064-00
-66 348-0417-00 1 GROMMET,PLASTIC:0.75 INCH DIA 80009 348-0417-00
-67 1 CKT BOARD ASSY:POWER(SEE A6 REPL)
********(ATTACHING PARTS)********
-68 211-0008-00 4 SCREW,MACHINE:4-40 X 0.250,PNH,STL,CD PL 83385 OBD
********(END ATTACHING PARTS)********
_ CKT BOARD ASSY INCLUDES:
-69 136-0514-00 B010100 B102647 4 SKT,PL-IN ELEC:MICROCIRCUIT,8 DIP 73803 CS9002-8
-70 136-0252-04 B010100 B102647 42 SOCKET,PIN TERM:U/W 0.016-0.018 DIA PINS 22526 75060-007
136-0352-00 8 CONTACT,ELEC:FOR 0.02 INCH DIAMETER PIN 00779 50462-7
-71 131-0589-00 5 TERMINAL,PIN:0.46 L X 0.025 SQ 22526 48283-029
-72 131-0608-00 21 TERMINAL,PIN:0.365 L X 0.025 PH BRZ GOLD 22526 47357
131-0590-00 2 CONTACT,ELEC:0.71 INCH LONG 22526 47351
-73 214-0579-00 7 TERM,TEST POINT:BRS CD PL 80009 214-0579-00
-74 CKT BOARD ASSY:SWEEP GEN(SEE A4 REPL)
********(ATTACHING PARTS)********
-75 211-0116-00 4 SCR,ASSEM WSHR:4-40 X 0.312 INCH,PNH BRS 83385 OBD
********(END ATTACHING PARTS)********

REV SEP 1983

9-12
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P
Fig. &
IndexTektronix Serial/Model No. Mfr
No, Part No. Eff Dscont Qty 1 2 3 4 5 Name & Description CodeMfr Part Number

3- - CKT BOARD ASSY INCLUDES:

-76 136-0252-04 6 SOCKET,PIN TERM:U/W 0.016-0.018 DIA PINS 22526 75060-007
-77 131-0589-00 7 TERMINAL,PIN:0.46 L X 0.025 SQ 22526 48283-029
-78 131-0608-00 5 TERMINAL,PIN:0.365 L X 0.025 PH BRZ GOLD 22526 47357
-79 214-0579-00 2 TERM,TEST POINT:BRS CD PL 80009 214-0579-00
-80 129-0541-00 1 POST,ELEC-MECH:1.53” L W/4-40 THD,NYLON 80009 129-0541-00
-81 1 XFMR,PWR,STPDN:(SEE T0389 REPL)
********(ATTACHING PARTS)*********
-82 210-0457-00 1 NUT,PL,ASSEM WA:6-32 X 0.312,STL CD PL 83385 OBD
-83 210-0202-00 1 TERMINAL,LUG:0.146 ID,LOCKING,BRZ TINNED 78189 2104-06-00-2520N
-84 211-0529-00 1 SCREW,MACHINE:6-32 X 1.25 INCHES,PNH STL 83385 OBD
-85 211-0628-00 3 SCREW,MACHINE:6-32 X 1.125 INCH,PNH,STL 83385 OBD
-86 210-1133-00 4 WASHER,FLAT:0.142 ID X 0.058 THK,FBR 80009 210-1133-00
********(END ATTACHING PARTS)*********
-87 358-0329-00 10 BSHG,FEED THRU:FUSEHOLDER TERM,DELRIN 80009 358-0329-00
-88 131-0513-03 10 TERM,FEEDTHRU:0.89 L X 0.025 SQ EA END 00779 1-86074-3
-89 131-1360-00 1 CONN,RCPT,ELEC:CKT BD,10/20 CONTACT 05574 600201-3197
********(ATTACHING PARTS)*********
-90 210-0406-00 2 NUT,PLAIN,HEX.:4-40 X 0.188 INCH,BRS 73743 12161-50
-91 210-0201-00 2 TERMINAL,LUG:0.12 ID,LOCKING,BRZ TIN PL 86928 OBD
-92 211-0014-00 2 SCREW,MACHINE:4-40 X 0.50 INCH,PNH STL 83385 OBD
********(END ATTACHING PARTS)*********
-93 220-0547-01 1 NUT,BLOCK:0.38 X 0.26 X 0.282 (2)4-40 000FW OBD
********(ATTACHING PARTS)*********
-94 211-0008-00 1 SCREW,MACHINE:4-40 X 0.250,PNH,STL,CD PL 83385 OBD
********(END ATTACHING PARTS)*********
334-2501-00 B010100 B060749 1 MARKER,IDENT:MKD CAUTION 48 TO 410HZ 80009 334-2501-00
334-2501-00 B060750 1 MARKER,IDENT:MKD CAUTION 48 TO 410HZ 80009 334-2501-00
-95 441-1262-00 1 CHAS,TDR UNIT:MAIN 80009 441-1262-00
********(ATTACHING PARTS)*********
-96 211-0008-00 8 SCREW,MACHINE:4-40 X 0.250,PNH,STL,CD PL 83385 OBD
********(END ATTACHING PARTS)*********
-97 256-0570-00 1 DEHYDRATING AGT:SILICA GEL,2.75 DIA X 0.75 T1063 X1009
********(ATTACHING PARTS)*********
-98 211-0513-00 1 SCREW,MACHINE:6-32 X 0.625 INCH,PNH STL 83385 OBD
-99 210-0055-00 1 WASHER,LOCK:SPLIT,0.145 ID X 0.253 OD,S 83385 OBD
-100 407-1694-00 1 BRACKET,RTNR:ALUMINUM 80009 407-1694-00
********(END ATTACHING PARTS)*********
-101 129-0562-00 1 POST,RETAINER:0.892 INCH LONG X 0.375 HEX 80009 129-0562-00
********(ATTACHING PARTS)*********
-102 211-0097-00 B010100 B010209 1 SCREW,MACHINE:4-40 X 0.312 INCH,PNH STL 83385 OBD
211-0033-00 B010210 1 SCR,ASSEM WSHR:4-40 X 0.312 PNH,STL,CD PL 83385 OBD
-103 210-0003-00 B010100 B010209 1 WASHER,LOCK:EXT,0.123 ID X 0.245" OD,ST 78189 1104-00-00-0541C
********(END ATTACHING PARTS)*********
-104 131-1084-01 1 CONNECTOR,RCPT,:3 BLADE,6A,250V,W/0.203 ID 80009 131-1084-01
********(ATTACHING PARTS)*********
-105 210-0586-00 2 NUT,PL,ASSEM WA:4-40 X 0.25,STL 83385 OBD
-106 211-0012-00 2 SCREW,MACHINE:4-40 X 0.375,PNH STL CD PL 83385 OBD
-107 210-0994-00 2 WASHER,FLAT:0.125 ID X 0.25” OD,STL 86928 5702-201-20
-108 361-0764-00 2 SPACER,SLEEVE:0.135 INCH L X 0432 ID,BRS 80009 361-0764-00
********(END ATTACHING PARTS)*********
-109 220-0547-01 3 NUT,BLOCK:0.38 X 0.26 X 0.282 (2)4-40 000FW OBD
********(ATTACHING PARTS)*********
-110 211-0101-00 3 SCREW,MACHINE:440 X 0.25,100 DEG,FLH STL 83385 OBD
********(END ATTACHING PARTS)*********
-111 210-0201-00 1 TERMINAL,LUG:0.12 ID,LOCKING,BRZ TIN PL 86928 OBD
********(ATTACHING PARTS)*********
-112 210-0457-00 B010100 B079999 1 NUT,PL,ASSEM WA:6-32 X 0.312,STL CD PL 83385 OBD
210-0407-00 B080000 1 NUT,PLAIN,HEX.:6-32 X 0.25 INCH,BRS 73743 3038-0228-402
-113 211-0507-00 1 SCREW,MACHINE:6-32 X 0.312 INCH,PNH STL 83385 OBD
********(END ATTACHING PARTS)*********
REV SEP 1983
9-13
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P
Fig. &
IndexTektronix Serial/Model No. Mfr
No, Part No. Eff Dscont Qty 1 2 3 4 5 Name & Description CodeMfr Part Number

3-114 386-3154-00 B010100 B010209 1 PANEL,REAR: 80009 386-3154-00

386-3154-01 B010210 1 PANEL,REAR: 80009 386-3154-01
********(ATTACHING PA RTS)********
-115 213-0192-00 1 SCR,TPG,THD FOR:6-32 X 0.50 INCH,PNH S 87308 OBD
********(END ATTACHING PARTS)********
-116 426-1184-00 1 FRAME SECT,TDR:LEFT 80009 426-1184-00
-117 426-1185-00 1 FRAME SECT,TDR:CENTER 80009 426-1185-00
-118 426-1186-00 1 FRAME SECT,TDR:RIGHT 80009 426-1186-00
198-2257-00 1 WIRE SET,ELEC: 80009 198-2257-00
1 COIL,TUBE DEFLE:(SEE L0234 REPL)
-119 131-0707-00 42 CONNECTOR,TERM:22-26 AWG,BRS & CU BE GOLD 22526 47439
131-0708-00 2 CONTACT,ELEC:0.48'L,28-32 AWG WIRE 22526 47437
1 METER,ELEC FREQ:(SEE M0171 REPL)
-120 175-0825-00 FT WIRE,ELECTRICAL:2 WIRE RIBBON 80009 175-0825-00
-121 175-0826-00 FT WIRE,ELECTRICAL:3 WIRE RIBBON 80009 175-0826-00
-122 175-0829-00 FT WIRE,ELECTRICAL:6 WIRE RIBBON 08261 SS-0626-710610C
-123 175-0830-00 FT WIRE,ELECTRICAL:7 WIRE RIBBON 08261 SS-0726-710610C
-124 352-0161-01 1 CONN BODY,PL,EL:3 WIRE BROWN 80009 352-0161-01
352-0161-05 2 CONN BODY,PL,EL:3 WIRE GREEN 80009 352-0161-05
-125 352-0164-02 1 CONN BODY,PL,EL:6 WIRE RED 80009 352-0164-02
352-0164-07 1 HLDR,TERM CONN:6 WIRE VIOLET 80009 352-0164-07
-126 352-0165-03 1 CONN BODY,PL,EL:7 WIRE ORANGE 80009 352-0165-03
352-0165-05 2 CONN BODY,PL,EL: 7 WIRE GREEN 80009 352-0165-05
352-0165-06 1 CONN BODY,PL,EL: 7 WIRE BLUE 80009 352-0165-06
-127 352-0169-02 1 CONN BODY,PL,EL: 2 WIRE RED 80009 352-0169-00
352-0169-04 2 CONN BODY,PL,EL: 2 WIRE YELLOW 80009 352-0169-04
198-2386-00 1 WIRE SET,ELEC: 80009 198-2386-00
131-0621-00 3 CONNECTOR,TERM:22-26 AWG,BRS & CU BE GOLD 22526 46231
131-0707-00 7 CONNECTOR,TERM 22-26 AWG,BRS & CU BE GOLD 22526 47439
352-0161-01 1 CONN BODY,PL,EL:3 WIRE BROWN 80009 352-0161-01
352-0161-09 1 CONN BODY,PL,EL:3 WIRE WHITE 80009 352-0161-09
-128 352-0171-04 1 CONN BODY,PL,EL:1 WIRE YELLOW 80009 352-0171-04
-129 352-0199-03 1 CONN BODY,PL,EL:3 WIRE ORANGE 80009 352-0199-03
198-2940-00 1 WIRE SET,ELEC: 80009 198-294000
131-0707-00 9 CONNECTOR,TERM:22-26 AWG,BRS & CU BE GOLD 22526 47439
175-0830-00 FT WIRE,ELECTRICAL:7 WIRE RIBBON 08261 SS-0726-710610C
352-0165-04 1 CONN BODY,PL,EL:7 WIRE YELLOW 80009 352-016504
352-0169-01 1 HLDR TERM CONN:2 WIRE,BROWN 80009 352-0169-01
-130 179-2178-00 B010100 B060959 1 WIRING HARNESS,:FRONT PANEL 80009 179-2178-00
179-2178-01 B060960 B113799 1 WIRING HARNESS,:FRONT PANEL 80009 179-2178-01
179-2178-02 B113800 1 WIRING HARNESS,:FRONT PANEL 80009 179-2178-01
131-0707-00 35 CONNECTOR,TERM:22-26 AWG,BRS & CU BE GOLD 22526 47439
352-0169-03 1 CONN BODY,PL,EL:2 WIRE ORANGE 80009 352-0169-03
352-0169-06 1 CONN BODY,PL,EL:2 WIRE BLUE 80009 352-0169-06
352-0161-01 1 CONN BODY,PL,EL:3 WIRE BROWN 80009 352-0161-01
352-0161-02 2 CONN BODY,PL,EL:3 WIRE RED 80009 352-0161-02
352-0161-06 1 CONN BODY,PL,EL:3 WIRE BLUE 80009 352-0161-06
352-0161-07 1 CONN BODY,PL,EL:3 WIRE VIOLET 80009 352-0161-07
352-0165-03 1 CONN BODY,PL,EL: 7 WIRE ORANGE 80009 352-0165-03
352-0165-07 1 CONN BODY,PL,EL:7 WIRE VIOLET 80009 352-0165-07
179-2349-00 B010100 B102647 1 WIRING HARNESS,:AC 80009 179-2349-00
175-2492-00 B102648 1 CA ASSY,SP,ELEC 4,22 AWG,17.0 L 80009 175-2492-00
195-0389-00 B102648 1 LEAD,ELECTRICAL:18 AWG,4.0 L,5-4 80009 195-0389-00

REV SEP 1983

9-14
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P
Fig. &
IndexTektronix Serial/Model No. Mfr
No, Part No. Eff Dscont Qty 1 2 3 4 5 Name & Description CodeMfr Part Number

4- 016-0595-00 B010100 B109999 1 BATTERY SET: 80009 016-0595-00

016-0595-01 B110000 1 BATTERY SET: 80009 016-0595-01
*********(ATTACHING PARTS)**** ****
-1 214-1573-00 2 THUMBSCREW:6-32 X 0.656 INCH LONG,SST 06540 6130-SS-0632
-2 210-1160-00 2 WASHER,FLAT:0.129 ID X 0.031 THK,TEFLON 86928 5612-32-31
*********(END ATTACHING PARTS)********
- BATTERY PACK ASSY INCLUDES:
-3 333-1990-00 1 PANEL,FRONT: 80009 333-1990-00
*********(ATTACHING PARTS)********
-4 211-0198-00 4 SCREW,MACHINE:4-40 X 0.438 PNH,STL,POZ 77250 OBD
-5 213-0267-00 2 SCREW,MACHINE:4-24 X 0.375 INCH,PNH STL 83385 OBD
*********(END ATTACHING PARTS)********
-6 348-0432-00 1 GASKET: FRONT PANEL 80009 348-0432-00
-7 337-2762-00 1 SHIELD,FUSE:ALUMINUM 80009 337-2762-00
*********(ATTACHING PARTS)********
-8 211-0008-00 4 SCREW,MACHINE:4-40 X 0.250,PNH,STL,CD PL 83385 OBD
*********(END ATTACHING PARTS)********
-9 343-0349-01 2 CLAMP,BTRY RTNG:W/HOLES 80009 343-0349-01
*********(ATTACHING PARTS)********
-10 210-0406-00 4 NUT,PLAIN,HEX.:4-40 X 0.188 INCH,BRS 73743 12161-50
-11 211-0194-00 4 SCREW,MACHINE:4-40 X 47.5MM,PNH,ST 0000M 211-0194-00
*********(END ATTACHING PARTS)********
-12 361-0776-00 4 SPACER,SLEEVE:1.248 L X 0.118 ID,NYLON 80009 361-0776-00
-13 214-2344-00 1 HEAT SINK,ELEC:BATTERY SUPPLY,LOWER,AL 80009 214-2344-00
-14 1 CKT BOARD ASSY:POWER FUSE JACK
(SEE A9 REPL)
-15 136-0352-00 4 CONTACT,ELEC:FOR 0.02 INCH DIAMETER PIN 00779 50462-7
-16 386-2435-00 2 PLATE,METALLIC:W/TAPS 0000M 386-2435-00
-17 146-0018-01 1 BATTERY SET:10.8V,1.5AH,9 C CELLS 19209 41B002K33G1

-18 214-2343-00 1 HEAT SINK,ELEC:BATTERY SUPPLY,UPPER,AL 80009 214-2343-00

REV SEP 1983

9-15/(9-16 blank)
 TM 9-1430-601-14-3&P

SCHEMATICS, ACCESSORIES, AND FIGURES

10/1/(10-2 blank)
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P

APPENDIX A

MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART

Information pertaining to Maintenance Allocation Chart (MAC) will be furnished at a later date.

A-1/(A-2 blank)
By Order of the Secretary of the Army:

JOHN A. WICKHAM, JR.

General, United States Army
Official: Chief of Staff

R. L. DILWORTH
Brigadier General, United States Army
The Adjutant General

Distribution:

To be distributed in accordance with DA Form 12-32, Operator, Organizational, Direct Support and General
Support Maintenance requirements for the PATRIOT Air Defense Guided Missile System.
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P

SCHEMATIC-PULSER/SAMPLER

10-3/(10-4 blank)
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P

SCHEMATIC-TIME BASE GENERATOR

10-5
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P

SCHEMATIC-VERT AMPL/SLOW RAMP COMPONENTS

10-6
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P

SCHEMATIC-BLOCK DIAGRAM

10-7
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P

SCHEMATIC-MAIN BOARD COMPONENTS

10-8
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P

SCHEMATIC-VERTICAL AMP/SLOW RAMP

10-9
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P

SCHEMATIC-OUTPUT AMPL & HIGH VOLTAGE COMPONENTS

10-10
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P

SCHEMATIC-OUTPUT AMPLIFIERS & HIGH VOLTAGE

10-11
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P

SCHEMTAIC-LOGIC BOARD COMPONENTS

10-12
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P

SCHEMATIC-LOGIC
10-13
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P

SCHEMATIC-POWER SUPPLY
10-14
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P

SCHEMATIC-POWER SUPPLY

10-15
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P

SCHEMATIC-POWER SUPPLY COMPONENTS

10-16
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P

10-17/(10-18 blank)
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P

10-19/(10-20 blank)
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P

1502 TDR CABLE TESTER

Figure 1. Cabinet and Access Box
10-21
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P

1502 TDR CABLE TESTER

Figure 2.. Chassis

10-22
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P

Accessories
1502 TDR CABLE TESTER
10-23/(10-24 blank)
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P

Figure 3. Front and Frame

1502 TDR CABLE TESTER
10-25
 TM 9-4935-601-14-3&P

Figure4. Battery Pack

1502 TDR CABLE TESTER
10-26
PIN: 060428-000